Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
-
Upload
marcondes-vitorino -
Category
Documents
-
view
466 -
download
29
Transcript of Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 1/363
Prinect
Informationabcde
Station
Prinect Signa Station
Version 2011
User’s Guide
Revision 1.0Order No. SZ.111.1717
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 2/363
ABC
Copyright © 2011
Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG.
No part of this book may bereproduced without prior written
permission.
Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG
Kurfürsten-Anlage 52–60
69115 HeidelbergGermany
Phone +49 6221 92-00
Telefax +49 6221 92-6999
http://www.heidelberg.com/. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Important note:We are dedicated to improving and
enhancing our products.
Consequently, specifications and
other data in this manual are
subject to change without notice.
Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG
assumes no responsibility for
information and description as far
as third-party products are
concerned.
The information contained in this
manual about performance and
speed as well as technical data
concerning application of our
products is not legally binding as it
does not constitute a written
contract of features.
If any problems occur with the
product described in this manual,
please contact the agency which is
responsible for you.
Order No. SZ.111.1717
Version 2011
Printed in Germany.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 3/363
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide III
ABC Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Before You Start ...
About This Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XV
What you should already know . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XVI
Further Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XVI
Symbols and Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XVI
Important Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XVII
Interference to Monitors by Magnetic Fields . . . . . . . XVII
Heidelberg online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XVIII
1 Prinect Signa Station
How Do I Benefit from Prinect Signa Station? . . . . . . . 1-1
Prinect Signa Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
2 Our Philosophy on Operation
Structure and Philosophy of Prinect Signa Station . . . 2-1
The Four Main Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Context-sensitive Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Displaying the Context-sensitive Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Drag & Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Using Drag-and-Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Files from the Operating System to the Browser
Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
3 Step 1: Creating a Job with the Shipped Resources
Creating a Job with the Shipped System Resources . . 3-1
Job Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
4 Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Creating Machine Data Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Creating Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 4/363
IV Edition August 2011
Table of Contents ABC
Creating a Job with Defined Machines / Resources . . 4-16
Job Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
5 Working with Marks
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Where Do I Find Marks? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Marks Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Standard Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
PtR_Marks Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Report Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Custom Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Standard Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Cut Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Folding Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Color Control Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Combi Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Update Combi Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Text Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Placeholders for Text Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Barcode Marks (IDAutomation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Generating a Barcode Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Barcode Marks (Barcode Editor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
To create a barcode mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Cover Marks ("CoverClippath" / Job-internal Cover Mark) 5-16
StationNumber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Tiling Mark (Tiling Line) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Collating Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Creating Marks with the Measure Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Automatic Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Internal Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Editing an Internal Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
One Placeholder for Internal Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Creating Internal Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 5/363
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide V
ABC Table of Contents
Creating Internal Marks with the Measure Tool . . . . . . . . 5-21
Internal Cover Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Replacing Internal Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Deleting Internal Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
New Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Creating a New Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Marks Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Replacing Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Editing Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Mark Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Importing Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
PDF Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
DCS 2 Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
EPS Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Main, pre, sep Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Placing Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Automatic Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Drag-and-drop to the Graphic Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Adding Marks with the Folder Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Copying Marks to Other Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Applying Data to Similar Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Reference Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
One Placeholder for Internal Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Marks on Front and Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Fixed position for front and back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Cover Mark Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Mirror Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Mirror mark on back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Output Mark on Paper Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Copy Mark to Front Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
AutoClip Cross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Inspection Control Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Mark Hotspot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 6/363
VI Edition August 2011
Table of Contents ABC
Mark References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Preliminary Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40Reference Point of the Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Drag-and-drop to the Graphic Window . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Lower Left Corner of the Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Adding Marks with the Folder Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
If reference point is set with the frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Reference Point "X=0/Y=0" or "Lower left" >
Zero Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Marks for Finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Working with Asir Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Settings in the Inspectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
6 Output
How Do I Output a Job? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Print Job Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Default for the Output Parameter Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Job Output from the Browser Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Workflows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Preliminary Remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
One or More Output Files (Job Granularity) . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Generation of PPF Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Workflow: Other Device with PDF Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Workflow: MetaDimension with JobTicket or PDF . . . . . . . 6-11
Workflow: Other Device with PostScript (Level 3 and 2) . . 6-12
Workflow: Other Device with JDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Workflow: Prinergy 4.1 and higher (with JDF) . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Workflow: Prinergy (via JobTicket) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Workflow: Nexpress (via Job Ticket) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Overview of Workflows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Workflows Grouped by Direct Output and Layout
Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Direct Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 7/363
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide VII
ABC Table of Contents
Layout Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Proofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16Proofing with Adobe Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Proofing Using the RIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
More Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
7 Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling
Preliminary Remarks and Requirements for
Examples 1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
What is Tiled: the Plate Size or the Paper Size? . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Extra Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
What is Extra Space? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Explanation of the size selected for the extra space . . . . 7-2
Example 1: Tiling with a plate size that is known . . . . . 7-4
Filmsetter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Output Parameter Set Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
"General" Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6"Options" Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
"Finishing" Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Plate Template Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
"Plate Template" Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Creating a Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Assigning Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Print Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Example 2: Tiling with a plate size that is unknown . 7-24
Filmsetter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Output Parameter Set Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Plate Template Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
"Plate Template" Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
"Marks Resources" Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Creating a Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Assigning Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Print Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 8/363
VIII Edition August 2011
Table of Contents ABC
Tips for the Tiling Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
8 Example of the Packaging Pro Option
Packaging Pro Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Job Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Creating a Job with the Job Assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
9 Examples of Sheet Optimization
Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Example 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
What You Must Do First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Creating a Job with the Job Assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Sheet Optimization in the Press Sheet Inspector . . . . . . . 9-4
Automatic Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Manual Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Example 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
10 Example of Versioning
Versioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1Job Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Cover: Page Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Cover: Press Sheets and Language Versions . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Cover: Setup of the Press Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Cover: Distribution of Language Versions . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Body: Press Sheets and Language Versions . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Body: Setup of the Press Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Body: Distribution of Language Versions . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Body and Cover: Overview of All Press Sheets and Page
Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Cover and Body: Colors and Printing Operations . . . . . . 10-15
Overview of the number of plates used . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Setup of the Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Create Cover Product Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
"Job Assistant > Job Data": Set Layers and Language
Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 9/363
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide IX
ABC Table of Contents
Cover: "Job Assistant > Product Part Definition . . . . . . . 10-20
Cover: "Job Assistant > Master Pages" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22Cover: "Job Assistant > Binding Methods" . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Cover: "Job Assistant > Marks" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Cover: "Job Assistant > Printing Plates" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Cover: "Job Assistant > Folding Schemes" . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Cover: Press Sheet Inspector: Assign Language Versions
to the Folding Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Cover: Press Sheet Inspector: Exclude the Base Layer . . 10-32
View in the Text Page Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Cover: Press Sheet List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Create "Body" Product Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Body: "Job Assistant > Product Part Definition . . . . . . . . 10-33
Body: "Job Assistant > Master Pages" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Body: "Job Assistant > Binding Methods" . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Body: "Job Assistant > Marks" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Body: "Job Assistant > Printing Plates" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Body: "Job Assistant > Folding Schemes" with Grouping for
Bookbinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Load all three folding schemes and assign to the plate
templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Grouping of the Folding Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Body: Press Sheet Inspector: Assign Language Versions to the
Folding Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Body: Press Sheet List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Assign Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
Position Documents (Body) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Position Documents (Cover) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Output of the Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
11 Generation of CIP3-PPF / CIP4-JDF Data
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Meaning and Development of the CIP3-PPF and CIP4-JDF
Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 10/363
X Edition August 2011
Table of Contents ABC
CIP3-PPF and CIP4-JDF Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
CIP3-PPF and CIP4-JDF Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
Overview of the CIP3-PPF and CIP4-JDF Data Workflow . 12-3
Workflow with MetaDimension and Prinect Signa Station 12-5
Processing the CIP3-PPF Data with Prinect Prepress
Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6
Interface MetaDimension and the Prinect Prepress
Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6
Prinect Prepress Interface with Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-7
Data Export to the Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-9
Data Export to Other Processing Systems (CompuCut,
CompuFold) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-9
Generation of CIP4-JDF data in
Prinect Signa Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-10
What data are saved for finishing? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-10
Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-10
Generation of CIP4-JDF Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-10
Where can you set up the generation of CIP4-JDF data? 12-12
Output Parameter Set Editor for Creating Resources . 12-12
Print Job Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-12
12 Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
About This Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
How This Description Is Structured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Offline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Interactive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Prinect Signa Station Offline with the Prinect Prepress
Manager 11.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
Operation in the Prinect Prepress Manager . . . . . . . . . 14-3
Operation in Prinect Signa Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Output of the JDF Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-11
Prinect Signa Station Interactive with the
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 11/363
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide XI
ABC Table of Contents
Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-14
Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-16Operation in the Prinect Prepress Manager . . . . . . . . . . 14-16
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-17
Launching Prinect Signa Station from the Cockpit . . . 14-19
Editing a Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-19
Creating a New Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-21
Preview image for interactive Prinect Signa Station . . . . 14-23
Operation in Prinect Signa Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-24
Output of the JDF Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-25
Handling of page lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-27
Cancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-27
Page Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-27
Additional Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-28
Printing Product Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-30
Opening a Partially Output Job in the Interactive Prinect Signa
Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-31
Marks in the JDF Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-33
Placing Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-33
Marks on Selected Layers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-33
Placeholders for Spot Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-33
Foreground or Background Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-34
Default Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-34
Print and Plate Control Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-35
Color Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-35
Combi marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-35
Prinect Prepress Manager Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-36
Description of the Prinect Prepress Manager Marks . . 14-37
User Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-43
Creating User Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-44
Placeholders for Text Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-45
Working with Layers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-54
In Prinect Signa Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-54
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 12/363
XII Edition August 2011
Table of Contents ABC
In the Prinect Prepress Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-55
Finishing Data in JDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-56Finishing Sheet Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-56
Saddlestitcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-57
Cutting and Folding Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-57
Color Control and Registration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-57
Finishing Data Set by Prinect Signa Station not Used by
Prinect Prepress Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-57
Dimensioning for Output and for Finishing Data . . . 14-57
Plate Format (Width/Height) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-57
Paper Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-58
Imaging Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-58
Working with Tiling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-59
Operation in Prinect Signa Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-59
Operation in the Prinect Prepress Manager . . . . . . . . . . 14-60
Finishing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-60
Work Style/Printing Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-60
Reader's Spread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-61
Automatically Creating a Reader’s Spread in
Prinect Prepress Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-62
Operation in Prinect Signa Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-63
Operation in the Prinect Prepress Manager . . . . . . . . . . 14-63
Automatic Imposition in the Prinect Prepress
Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-64
Operation in the Prinect Prepress Manager . . . . . . . . . . 14-65
AutoComplete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-65
Operation in the Prinect Prepress Manager . . . . . . . . . . 14-66
13 User Administration
Concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1
Assigning Permissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3
Example: Creating and assigning a user to a permission
group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3
Creating a User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 13/363
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide XIII
ABC Table of Contents
Assigning Different Permissions to a User . . . . . . . . . . 15-4
Permissions Table for Prinect Signa Station . . . . . . . 15-5User Login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5
User Logoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5
14 Prinance Connection
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1
Preparatory Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1
Schemes Prinect Prinance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1
Exporting Schemes from Prinect Signa Station . . . . . . . . 16-2
XML Generation at Prinect Prinance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-3
Configuration of the JDFConnector at Prinect Prinance . . 16-4
Configuration of the JDFConnector at
Prinect Signa Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-6
Matching of the Binding Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-7
Matching Press and Plate Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-8
Procedure in Prinect Prinance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-8
Procedure in Prinect Signa Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-8Example of Job Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-9
Job Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-10
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-10
Estimating and JDF Output in Prinect Prinance . . . . . 16-10
Applying the JDF File in the Prinect Signa Station . . . 16-16
Glossary
Index
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 14/363
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 15/363
ABC Before You Start ...
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide XV
Before You Start ...
About This Documentation
This documentation applies to version 11.0 of PrinectSigna Station.
Most of the workflows are based on version 10.0 of Prinect Signa Station but can be used equally in Pri-nect Signa Station 11.0.The "Working with Marks", "Working with the PrinectPrepress Manager 11.00" chapters and the "Version-ing" example have been revised fully for version 11.0
of Prinect Signa Station.
This documentation is a supplement to the context-sensitive help integrated into the Prinect Signa Sta-tion application and to the printed Reference man-ual. The procedures for certain routine workflows
will be dealt with, and the main functions will be dis-cussed in the various chapters.
In this documentation you will learn how...
0 the Heidelberg user interface is structured,
0 to create your first job with the shipped standardresources,
0 to create your own resources and use them whencreating jobs,
0 to work with Prinect Prepress Manager in your
workflow,0 to work with the integrated user administration,
0 to calculate a job and apply it to Prinect Signa Sta-tion (Prinance connection),
0 to work with your own and shipped standardmarks and
0 to configure your output optimally.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 16/363
Before You Start ... ABC
XVI Edition August 2011
What you should already know
We assume that you are familiar with the basic func-tions of Windows ®/Apple® Macintosh®. We assumethat you know the basics about reprographics andprinting.
Further Documentation
You will find more information in ...
0 Prinect Signa Station - Reference,0 Prinect Signa Station - Installation and
0 in the Online Help integrated in the application
Symbols and Styles
The following typographical conventions are used inthis manual:
0 References to other chapters and sections are blue (on the screen) and underlined.
Example:See Symbols and Styles, page –XVI.
0 Quotes are used to indicate menus, folders, namesof functions, hardware conditions, switch set-tings, system messages, etc.
Example:Set the switch to "off".
0 Menus, functions and submenus are separatedfrom one another by a ">".
Example:Choose "File > Open..."
0 A plus sign is used to indicate that several keyshave to be pressed at the same time.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 17/363
ABC Before You Start ...
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide XVII
Example:
Press Alt+A.
Important Information
Important information in the text is marked by sym-bols that are used as follows:
Warning: Contains information that must be takeninto consideration to protect the user from injury.
Attention: Contains information that must be takeninto consideration to prevent damage to hardware orsoftware.
Note: Contains important general or additional infor-mation on a specific topic.
Prerequisites: This text contains requirements whichmust be fulfilled before the steps which follow can be
performed.
Interference to Monitors by Magnetic Fields
Strong magnetic fields may influence your monitorscreen (for example, they might make the edges of the screen unsteady or images flicker). This could becaused by the 50 Hz magnetic field coming from the
power cables routed along your floors.
Recommended measures to eliminate these prob-lems, taking into account the safety regulations for
workplaces with monitors in an office environment:
0 Move the monitor to a different location.
0 Shield the source (e.g. shield the cable duct).
0 Lay the power cables differently.
3
12
5
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 18/363
Before You Start ... ABC
XVIII Edition August 2011
0 Screen the monitor using a metal hood.
Heidelberg online
Do you have questions concerning our products?
Do you want to improve your workflows?
Then visit us on the Internet. You can find us at:
http://www.heidelberg.com/
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 19/363
ABC Prinect Signa Station
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 1–1
1 Prinect Signa Station
How Do I Benefit from Prinect Signa Station?
Prinect is the first complete software portfolio in thegraphic arts industry to offer digital linking of Man-agement, Prepress, Press and Postpress. The optimalinteraction between the individual Prinect compo-nents gives you a decisive advantage. It allows pro-cesses to be harmonized while simultaneously accel-erating the entire job f low. The basic idea is to makethe data that accompanies production available
everywhere and at all times.Prinect Signa Station has a very special role in thisPrinect workflow, in that it has an important dualrole. Prinect Signa Station generates imposition data
with PDF contents and all the positioning instruc-tions needed for further processing in the Prinect Pre-press Manager and/or Prinect MetaDimension. Out-put in the JDF format and the selection of CIP-PPFdata also give you additional data for AutoRegister tothe Speedmaster printing units and for Compucutand CompuFold.
If you use Prinect Prinance as well, you covers alltasks, from an estimate through job processing rightup to invoicing and job costing.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 20/363
Prinect Signa Station ABC
1–2 Edition August 2011
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 21/363
ABC Prinect Signa Station
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 1–3
Prinect Signa Station
Prinect Signa Station is a fully redesigned impositionsoftware, based on the experience gained from its pre-decessor SignaStation.
Prinect Signa Station excels through its easy-to-follow tools, its intuitive user interface and its new imposi-tion concept where folding sheets and press sheetsare separate items.
This distinction between press sheet and foldingsheet gives you maximum flexibility. For example, itallows you to switch a job over from a SpeedmasterSM 74 to a Speedmaster SM 102 in just a few seconds.
Its simple operation as well through the imple-mented Job Assistant that guides you step by stepthrough impositioning will also impress you.
All cut and folding marks can be set automatically
with the new Prinect Signa Station and are matcheddynamically to the paper size and printed area. Youno longer have to position single cut and foldingmarks manually.
To shorten make-ready times in printing and finish-ing, Prinect Signa Station has options that let youintegrate cutters, folders and saddlestitchers into
your workflow right from the start.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 22/363
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 23/363
ABC Our Philosophy on Operation
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 2–1
2 Our Philosophy on Operation
Structure and Philosophy of Prinect Signa Station
The user interface of Prinect Signa Station wasdesigned to give you the best possible overview of thesystem at all times. A "flat" hierarchy was thereforeselected for the displayed elements, in which – wher-ever possible – there are no overlapping windows.Things can quickly get muddled, especially when sev-eral dialog boxes, perhaps even overlapping eachother, are open at the same time. The user interface
was therefore designed in such a way that all impor-tant settings can be made in the main windows of theapplication.
Not only that, much importance is also placed onuser-friendly operation with the context-sensitivemenu and working with drag-and-drop. More detailsare to be found in the description in the Context-sen-sitive Menu, page 2–3 and Drag & Drop, page 2–4 sec-tions.
The Four Main Windows
Prinect Signa Station has four dynamic main win-dows that appear when a job is open, showing thedata about it. You can also use the menu bar and tool-bar that run along the top.
You can resize each of the windows to suit your needs;
see details in the Online Help (F1) in Mouse and Key-board Shortcuts.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 24/363
Our Philosophy on Operation ABC
2–2 Edition August 2011
The user interface has the following static elements:
0 the menu bar (1) You can find a description of it and its functions inthe Reference manual.
0
the toolbar (2) You can find a description of it and its functions inthe Reference manual.
The user interface has the following dynamic ele-ments:
0 the Browser window (3) You can find a description of it and its functions inthe Reference manual.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 25/363
ABC Our Philosophy on Operation
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 2–3
0 the graphic window (4)
You can find a description of it and its functions inthe Reference manual.
0 the inspectors window (5) You can find a description of them and their func-tions in the Reference manual.
0 the list window (6) You can find a description of it and its functions inthe Reference manual.
Context-sensitive Menu
In Prinect Signa Station, you can also trigger many functions quickly and simply in the Browser, graphicand list windows using the context-sensitive menu(without having to open a number of menus). Try outthe procedure described below in the windows justmentioned:
Displaying the Context-sensitive Menu
The functions of a context-sensitive menu vary,depending on where you are in the application (forthat reason, context ).
If you use a mouse with two buttons, click the othermouse button to display the context-sensitive menu.
(The right button if you are right-handed, and the leftif you are left-handed provided that you reconfigured your mouse buttons.)
With the Macintosh single-button mouse, you dis-play the context-sensitive menu by holding down theCtrl key at the same time you click with the button.
Below is an example of the context-sensitive menu asit displays in the graphic window in the "Press Sheet"
tab:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 26/363
Our Philosophy on Operation ABC
2–4 Edition August 2011
Select the function you want by moving the mousepointer to this menu item (background turns yellow),
without using the mouse button.Click again to trigger the highlighted function.
Drag & Drop
In Prinect Signa Station many steps are made simpleby dragging-and-dropping items.
Drag-and-drop is a tool that you will find you will use
often.
In Prinect Signa Station, this technique is suited to afast and visual placement or pasting of files, pages ormarks in an active job.
First the source is marked (files, pages or marks). Youcan recognize a marked object by its yellow back-ground. Then, with the left mouse button (on PC)
held down, the elements are dragged from the source
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 27/363
ABC Our Philosophy on Operation
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 2–5
and dropped in the target. The elements are added to
the position you are in when you let go of the mousebutton.
At the target, the mouse pointer changes from a "nogo" sign to a box with a pointer. The pointer indicatesthat dragging-and-dropping is possible at yourselected target.
The following tables will show you the drag-and-dropoptions open in Prinect Signa Station that will make
your work much easier.
Using Drag-and-Drop
The target window for drag-and-drop in Prinect SignaStation is generally the graphic window, with theBrowser window and list window as source windows.
When working with marks, you can also positionthem directly from the Browser window to the rele-
vant inspectors.
You can click certain pages, resources, files andmarks and position them in the graphic window atthe position you want in the active job.
The following tables show you how you can use drag-and-drop in Prinect Signa Station:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 28/363
Our Philosophy on Operation ABC
2–6 Edition August 2011
General
From the Browser Window to the Graphic Window
From the List Window to the Graphic Window
From / To Graphic Window
Press
Sheet
FoldingSheet/Assem-
bly Block Page List
PressSheet
List
Docu-
ment
"Browser Window >Product Parts"
-
Folding Sheets X - - - -
Assembly Blocks X - - - -
"Browser Window >Contents"
PDF file (all of it) X X X X -
PDF pages (single orseveral)
X X X X
From / To Graphic Window
PressSheet
FoldingSheet/Assem-
bly Block Page List
PressSheetList
Docu-ment
"List Window >Assigned"
-
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 29/363
ABC Our Philosophy on Operation
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 2–7
Marks
More details about marks can also be found in chap-ter 5, Working with Marks.
From the Inspectors Window to the Graphic Window
You can place marks directly from the "MarksResources" tab in the Press Sheet Inspector, FoldingSheet Inspector or Page Inspector to the graphic win-
dow. The advantage of this is that the marks referenceis also defined exactly (plate, folding sheet or page),depending on which inspector the mark comes from:
PDF file (all of it) X X X X -
PDF pages (single orseveral)
X X X X
"List Window > Notassigned"
-
PDF file (all of it) X X X X -
PDF pages (single orseveral)
X X X X
From / To Graphic Window
PressSheet
FoldingSheet/Assem-
bly Block Page List
PressSheetList
Docu-ment
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 30/363
Our Philosophy on Operation ABC
2–8 Edition August 2011
Files from the Operating System to the Browser Window
You can drag PDF files and Prinect Signa Station jobs(.sdf) directly from the operating systems (Explorer onPC, Finder on Mac) to the Browser window.
The PDF files appear in the "Browser > Contents" tab.
Prinect Signa Station jobs (.sdf) appear in the"Browser window > Product Parts" tab.
The operating systems must be seen in the fore-ground so that you can select a file. Then drag theselected file to the Browser window of Prinect SignaStation that is opened in the background.
From / To Graphic Window
"Press Sheet""Folding Sheet/Assembly Block"
"Press SheetList"
"Press Sheet Inspector> Marks Resources"
Marks X X X
"Folding Sheet/Assem-bly Block Inspector >
Marks Resources"
Marks X X X
"Page Inspector >Marks Resources"
Marks X X X
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 31/363
ABC Step 1: Creating a Job with the Shipped Resources
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 3–1
3 Step 1: Creating a Job with the Shipped Resources
Creating a Job with the Shipped System Resources
We can skip creating resources for the moment asready resources are shipped with Prinect Signa Sta-tion. Read up on how to create your own resources inthe chapter Step 2: Creating a Job with CustomResources.
Job Specifications
0
You will create your first job, a Heidelberg man-ual, in the "Automatic Imposition" mode.
0 The book will be approx. 70 pages long, will haveperfect binding and be printed in A5 format. Thebook describes the "SuperColor" application.
0 A Prosetter imagesetter will be used for outputand an SM102 as the press.
0 You will create the job with the help of the Job Assistant integrated in Prinect Signa Station.
Procedure
1. Start the Job Assistant with "File > New" or display thecontext-sensitive menu in the "Product Parts" tab inthe Browser window and select "New" there.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 32/363
Step 1: Creating a Job with the Shipped Resources ABC
3–2 Edition August 2011
2. The Job Assistant window displays:
The Job Assistant defines the logical order in which you can set all the data you need for your job.
3. You define general data for your job in the "Job Data" window. Enter the following data for your first job:
(4.) Job Number = 0001
(5.) Job Name = Heidelberg manual
(6.) Click the "Folder" button in the "Customer Name" row.
(7.) Select "Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG" from the"Standard" folder and confirm with "OK". Select any customer you want if you are working with an
enabled MDS (Master Data Store).(8.) The customer name and the customer number are
used automatically.
(9.) In "Job Details", enter the "Target Date" and the "Quan-tity" you want for the job. Other inputs in the "JobData" window are not necessary.
10. Go to the next window "Product Part Definition" by clicking the "right arrow" button in the lower part of the window.
11. In the "Product Part Definition" window, you give theproduct part a name and select the work mode you
want:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 33/363
ABC Step 1: Creating a Job with the Shipped Resources
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 3–3
(12.) Enter "Prinect Color Editor" as the product part name
in "Main Features > Name".(13.) Check "Enabled" in "Job Details in Product Part" and
enter your data.
(14.) Select "Automatic Imposition" as your work mode.Other inputs in the "Product Part Definition" window are not necessary.
15. Go to the next window "Master Pages" by clicking the"right arrow" button in the lower part of the window.
16. You define the trimmed size in the "Master Pages" window:
(17.) Click the folder button after "Width" and "Height".
(18.) Select the "A5" page format from the "Standard"folder. The A5 values are automatically applied.
(19.) As we don't need any bleed for our documentation,
set "Page-related bleed" to "0". Other inputs in the"Master Pages" window are not necessary.
20. Go to the next window "Binding Methods" by clickingthe "right arrow" button in the lower part of the win-dow.
21. Select "Perfect Binding in "Binding Methods". Otherinputs in the "Binding Methods" window are not nec-essary.
22. Go to the next window "Marks" by clicking the "rightarrow" button in the lower part of the window.
(23.) Select the check boxes for "Cut Marks", "FoldingMarks" and "Collating Marks" in "Automatically Placed Print Control Marks".
(24.) You can leave all other settings in the window as they are.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 34/363
Step 1: Creating a Job with the Shipped Resources ABC
3–4 Edition August 2011
25. Go to the next window "Printing Plates" by clicking
the "right arrow" button in the lower part of the win-dow.
26. You select the plate template and paper definition you want in the "Printing Plates" window:
(27.) Click the folder button after "List of Selected PlateTemplates".
(28.) For example, select the "SM102" plate template fromthe "Standard" folder. The values of the plate templateare displayed in the window and automatically applied after you confirm with "OK".
(29.) Select "Sheetwise (front and back)" in the "Placementrule for perfecting" list box.
(30.) Click the folder button after "Paper Definition for Pro-duction".
(31.) Select the "Profisilk_90_100x70" paper from the
"Standard" folder. The values of the paper are dis-played in the window and automatically applied after
you confirm with "OK".
32. Go to the next window "Folding Schemes" by clickingthe "right arrow" button in the lower part of the win-dow.
33. In the "Folding Schemes" window, you define the fold-
ing scheme and set the head, foot and back margins(if necessary, automatic setting):
(34.) Click the folder button after "Scheme Name".
Note: When you select a scheme, only those schemesthat can be arranged best on the sheet using the set-tings you defined so far (selected trimmed size, platetemplate and paper size) will be displayed.
You can disable this filter function, if necessary, inthe lower part of the window.
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 35/363
ABC Step 1: Creating a Job with the Shipped Resources
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 3–5
(35.) Select the "F32-05_li_4x4" scheme from the "Stan-
dard" folder. The scheme displays in the graphic win-dow on the right and is automatically applied after you confirm with "OK".
(36.) Click "Automatic Gaps" to apply the gaps from thepreferences. The scheme changes accordingly in thegraphic window and displays as follows:
37. Now quit the Job Assistant by clicking the "end" right
arrow button in the lower part of the window. Thisconcludes your job setup in the Job Assistant.
38. You have now created your job, but it is not yet saved.Select "File > Save as...". The job name is suggested asentered and you can save it with "Save". Import of thePDF files can now start.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 36/363
Step 1: Creating a Job with the Shipped Resources ABC
3–6 Edition August 2011
39. Go to the "Contents" tab in the Browser window.
Right-click (PC, Mac: ctrl key and click) "PDF Docu-ments" to display the context-sensitive menu andselect "Documents...".
40. The window that opens displays automatically in the"Documents" folder. Select "Prinect Color Editor.pdf".The PDF file displays in the Browser window.
41. Right-click (PC, Mac: ctrl key and click) "Prinect ColorEditor" to display the context-sensitive menu and
select "Assign Pages". The pages are positioned auto-matically in the scheme in the graphic window.
42. When all the pages are imported, save your job again.Select "File > Save".
43. Now check whether all the pages were positioned cor-rectly and all the press sheets required created. Dou-ble-click the "yellow" caption bar in the "Press Sheet"tab in the graphic window. You now see front and
back and they should be something like this:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 37/363
ABC Step 1: Creating a Job with the Shipped Resources
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 3–7
44. Change to the "Press Sheet List" tab. The press sheetlist shows you all the press sheets that were createdand that you need:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 38/363
Step 1: Creating a Job with the Shipped Resources ABC
3–8 Edition August 2011
45. Two press sheets with front and back were created inour job.
46. After a check, you can now print your job. Go to "File> Print Job".
47. Click the folder button after "Output Parameter Set"and select "Prosetter (PDF)" from the "Standard"folder.The press sheets you wish to print are already selected.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 39/363
ABC Step 1: Creating a Job with the Shipped Resources
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 3–9
48. Click the "Edit" button after "Output Parameter Set",then click the folder button after "Output folder forPDF, JDF, JT" in the "General" tab and select the sug-gested folder "Output" if it is not yet entered.
49. Click "Save" and "Close" the window.
50. Now click the "Output" button.
51. You will be notified if your output was successful.
Close the window by clicking "OK".52. At the PC, the file is saved to the following folder:
"C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\ApplicationData\Heidelberg\PrinectSignaStation_10\Output".
53. At the Macintosh, the file is saved to the followingfolder: "C:\Startup Disk\Users\All Users\Heidel-berg\PrinectSignaStation_10\Output".
54. The PDF file with all its parameters is printed to thefolder listed above.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 40/363
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 41/363
ABC Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 4–1
4 Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources
Introduction
In this chapter, we will describe how you can createcustom machine/resources data for your machineconfiguration in Prinect Signa Station and can usethem later as "templates" when creating jobs.
When you create your machine/resources data,remember to stick to an order that makes sense. Theorder in which you create your data depends on how the parameters sets are interrelated. For example, if
you created a web press before an upstream imageset-ter, then the press doesn't have the imagesetter data itneeds. We will now describe an intermeshing order:
To create machine parameter sets:
1. Filmsetter and/or platesetter
2. Sheetfed press and/or web press
To create resources parameter sets:
3. Output Parameter Set
4. Marks
5. Plate Templates
6. Papers
7. Page and Paper Sizes
8. Schemes9. Customer Data
Creating Machine Data Sets
Four groups of machine types are created by defaultin the "Machines" tab in "Jobs & Resources > Resources& Machines":
0 Filmsetters
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 42/363
Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources ABC
4–2 Edition August 2011
0 Platesetters
0 Sheetfed Presses
0 Web Presses
In our example below, we will set up a Prosetter as animagesetter and a sheetfed SM102 as a press.
1. Go to "Jobs & Resources > Resources & Machines" orclick the following button in the toolbar:
Three tabs with all resources and machines display if an MDS is connected; if not only two tabs display:
2. Go to the "Machines" tab.
3. Mark the "Platesetters" group and display the context-sensitive menu:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 43/363
ABC Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 4–3
To be able to create new machine data the first time, you must first set up your own group folder where you can save the machine data later.
Note: The "Standard" folder is a read-only folder that
contains default machine data shipped by Heidelbergthat can be used as templates but cannot be changed.
4. Name the new group folder "Prosetter" and confirmthe name.
5. Mark the new "Prosetter" folder and right-click themouse to display the context-sensitive menu.
6. Select "New Platesetter Properties". The "PlatesetterEditor" opens.
7. Type "Prosetter_102" in "Name".
8. You can now enter the data manually or base yourdata set on existing parameters by importing an IPR/Qry file created by the RIP.
9. In this example, we will load the "IPR/Qry File".
10. Set "IPR/Qry File" as the "Mode for Imagesetter Defini-
tion".11. Click the folder button after the "IPR/Qry File" path
and select the file you want. In our example, we willuse the "Prosetter_102.ipr" file. If the file is not avail-able, select "Manual" and enter the parameters listedbelow manually:
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 44/363
Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources ABC
4–4 Edition August 2011
12. All the parameters in the file are displayed. For man-
ual input of your parameters, make sure that the val-ues match the technical data sheet of your imageset-ter.
13. Confirm the dialog by clicking "Save".
14. The new machine data set displays in the "Machines"tab:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 45/363
ABC Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 4–5
15. You can use the machine data set as a "template" when creating jobs.
To create the sheetfed press:
16. Mark the "Sheetfed Presses" group and display thecontext-sensitive menu:
17. Name the new folder "SM102" and click "OK".
18. Mark the new "SM102" folder and right-click the
mouse to display the context-sensitive menu.19. Select "New Sheetfed Press Properties". The "Sheetfed
Press Editor" opens.
20. Enter "SM102/52x28" in "Name".
21. Enter the following data in the dialog:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 46/363
Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources ABC
4–6 Edition August 2011
22. Make sure that the values match the technical datasheet of your press.
23. Confirm the dialog by clicking "Save".
24. The new machine data set displays in the "Machines"tab:
25. You can use the machine data set as a "template" when creating jobs. Using the machine data set is
described below.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 47/363
ABC Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 4–7
Creating Resources
Twelve groups of resource types are created by defaultin the "Resources" tab in "Jobs & Resources >Resources & Machines":
0 Job Templates
0 Product Part Templates
0 Plate Templates
0
Schemes0 Marks
0 Papers (Printing Materials)
0 Page and Paper Sizes
0 Plate layout
0 Customer Data
0 Output Parameter Sets0 User data
0 Report Headers
You can create custom "templates" for each of theseresources. This is described below.Exception: You can save the "Jobs" and "Product Parts"templates from an active job. For details, see the Ref-
erence manual, Chapter 5, "Save job as 'Resources/JobTemplates'" and "Save product parts as 'Resources/Product Parts Templates'".
In our example, we will define an output parameterset and create a plate template that are based on the"Prosetter_102" and "SM102" machine data sets.
1. Mark the "Output Parameter Sets" group in the"Resources" tab and right-click the mouse to display
the context-sensitive menu:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 48/363
Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources ABC
4–8 Edition August 2011
To be able to create new resources the first time, youmust first set up your own group folder where youcan save the resources data later.
Note: The "Standard" folder is a read-only folder thatcontains default resources data shipped by Heidel-
berg that can be used as templates but cannot bechanged.
2. Name the new group folder "Prosetter" and click "OK".
3. Mark the new "Prosetter" folder and right-click themouse to display the context-sensitive menu.
4. Select "New Output Parameter Set". The "OutputParameter Set Editor" opens.
5. Type "Prosetter_SM102_PDF" in "Name".
6. Set the option in "Imagesetter data set" to "Plateset-ter".
7. Click the folder button after the "Data set" path andselect the file you want. In our example, we will usethe "Prosetter_102" file created above.
8. Enter the following data in the "General" tab in the
dialog:
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 49/363
ABC Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 4–9
9. Go to the "Options" tab and enter the following datain the dialog or confirm the defaults:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 50/363
Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources ABC
4–10 Edition August 2011
10. Go to the "Finishing" tab and enter the following datain the dialog or confirm the defaults:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 51/363
ABC Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 4–11
11. Confirm the dialog by clicking "Save".
12. The output parameter set displays in the "Resources"tab:
13. You can use the output parameter set as a "template" when creating jobs. Using the machine data set isdescribed below.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 52/363
Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources ABC
4–12 Edition August 2011
To create the plate template:
14. Mark the "Plate Templates" group in the "Resources"tab and display the context-sensitive menu:
15. Name the new folder "SM102" and click "OK".
16. Mark the new "SM102" folder and right-click themouse to display the context-sensitive menu.
17. Select "New Plate Template". The "Plate Template Edi-tor" opens.
18. Enter "SM102" in "Name".
19. Click the folder button after "Press" and select the file you want. In our example, we will use "SM102 /52x28", the sheetfed press data set just created.
20. Click the folder button after "Output parameters" andselect the file you want. In our example, we will usethe "Prosetter_102_PDF" output parameter set cre-
ated above.21. All the parameters required are set as follows through
the use of these defined parameter sets:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 53/363
ABC Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 4–13
22. In the "Marks Resources" tab, you can now positionthe marks you need on the plate template.
23. Change to the "Marks Resources" tab. In this example, we will position standard marks shipped by Heidel-berg on the plate template. You can also position your
own marks, see Importing Marks, page 5–28 fordetails on this.
24. You can now position the marks you need on theplate template by dragging-and-dropping them fromthe "Marks Resources" tab. When you drag a mark tothe plate template, reference points appears that aremagnetic and that refer either to the plate, subject orpaper. Position your marks accordingly on one of the
reference points.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 54/363
Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources ABC
4–14 Edition August 2011
25. The following screenshot shows you a plate template
with four register marks, a color control bar referringto the subject, a sheet lay mark and a text mark refer-ring to the paper.
26. Check the position and settings of the positionedmarks in the "Marks" tab:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 55/363
ABC Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 4–15
27. Confirm the Plate Template Editor by clicking "Save".
28. The new plate template displays in the "Resources"tab.
29. You can use the plate template as a "template" whencreating jobs. Using the plate template is describedbelow.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 56/363
Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources ABC
4–16 Edition August 2011
Creating a Job with Defined Machines / Resources
Now that you have created some machine andresources data sets of your own, we will show you how simple it is to use these data sets as templates. In ourexample, we will use the standard machine andresources data sets as creating a data set depends spe-cifically on the machine/resource you use.
Job Specifications
0 You will create your job, a 16-page brochure, inthe "Imposition" mode.
0 The brochure will have perfect binding and beprinted in A5 format.
0 A Prosetter imagesetter will be used for outputand an SM102 as the press.
0 You will create the job with the help of the Job Assistant integrated in Prinect Signa Station.
Procedure
1. Start the Job Assistant with "File > New" or display thecontext-sensitive menu in the "Product Parts" tab inthe Browser window and select "New" there.
2. The Job Assistant window displays:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 57/363
ABC Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 4–17
The Job Assistant defines the logical order in which you can set all the data you need for your job.
3. You define general data for your job in the "Job Data" window. Enter the following data for your job, forexample:
(4.) Job number: 0003
(5.) Job name: Brochure 16 pages
(6.) Customer name: Type in the customer name or click the folder button at the end of the "Customer name"row and select a customer from the "Standard" folderand confirm with "OK".
(7.) The customer and customer name are automatically
entered. You can view customer data by clicking the"Info" button. Other inputs in the "Job Data" window are not necessary.
8. Go to the next window "Product Part Definition" by clicking the "right arrow" button in the lower part of the window.
9. In the "Product Part Definition" window, you give theproduct part a name and select the work mode you
want:
(10.) Enter "16 pages" as the product part name in "MainFeatures > Name".
(11.) Select "Imposition" as your work mode.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 58/363
Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources ABC
4–18 Edition August 2011
12. Enter "16" in "Page Total" in "Pages in Product Part". 16
pages display in "Page Names".Other inputs in the "Product Part Definition" window are not necessary.
13. Go to the next window "Master Pages" by clicking the"right arrow" button in the lower part of the window.
14. You define the trimmed size in the "Master Pages" window:
(15.) Click the folder button after "Width" and "Height".
(16.) Select the "A5" page format from the "Standard"folder. The A5 values are automatically applied.
(17.) If a trim is needed, set "Trim" to the value you need.Other inputs in the "Master Pages" window are notnecessary.
18. Go to the next window "Binding Methods" by clickingthe "right arrow" button in the lower part of the win-
dow.
19. You must enter the following data in the "BindingMethods" window:
(20.) Select "Perfect Binding in "Binding Methods".
(21.) Select the check boxes for the "Cut Marks", "FoldingMarks" and "Collating Marks" you want in "AutomaticPlacement of Print Control Marks".
(22.) You can leave all other settings in the window as they are.
23. Go to the next window "Printing Plates" by clickingthe "right arrow" button in the lower part of the win-dow.
24. You select the plate template and paper definition you want in the "Printing Plates" window:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 59/363
ABC Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 4–19
(25.) Click the folder button after "List of Selected Plate
Templates".(26.) Select the "SM102" plate template from the "Standard"
folder. The values of the plate template that youentered when creating it are displayed in the window and automatically applied after you confirm with"OK".
Note: The plate template contains the data of the cre-ated output parameter set. The data are taken into
account automatically during the output (with "File >Print Job").
(27.) Select the work style you need, e.g. "Sheetwise", in the"Placement rule for perfecting" list box.
(28.) Click the folder button after "Paper Definition for Pro-duction".
(29.) Select the "Profisilk_90_100x70" paper from the
"Standard" folder. The values of the paper are dis-played in the window and automatically applied after you confirm with "OK".
30. Go to the next window "Folding Schemes" by clickingthe "right arrow" button in the lower part of the win-dow.
31. In the "Folding Schemes" window, you define the fold-ing scheme and set the head, foot and back margins
(if necessary, automatic setting):
(32.) Click the folder button after "Current Scheme".
Note: When you select a scheme, only those schemesthat can be arranged best on the sheet using the set-tings you defined so far (selected trimmed size, platetemplate and paper size) will be displayed.
You can disable this filter function, if necessary, in
the lower part of the window.
2
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 60/363
Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources ABC
4–20 Edition August 2011
(33.) Select the "F16-08_dd_4x2" scheme from the "Stan-
dard" folder. The scheme displays in the graphic win-dow on the right and is automatically applied after you confirm with "OK".
(34.) Click "Automatic Gaps" to apply the gaps from thepreferences. The scheme changes accordingly in thegraphic window and displays as follows:
35. Now quit the Job Assistant by clicking the followingslightly highlighted button in the lower part of the
window. This concludes your job setup in the Job Assistant.
36. You have now created your job, but it is not yet saved.Select "File > Save". The job is now saved on your disk and you can start to import the PDF files.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 61/363
ABC Step 2: Creating a Job with Custom Resources
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 4–21
37. You have now created a job that is based on all
resources and machine data sets input before that.Import your customer pages to the job and then out-put your job as described in Chapter 3 as of step 39.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 62/363
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 63/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–1
5 Working with Marks
Introduction
The handling of marks in Prinect Signa Station hasbeen kept simple, making it easy to use them. You canuse the following marks:
0 Default marks included in the shipment
0 Custom marks
0 Modified marks
0
Imported marks0 Dipco marks: Are installed as PDF files and can be
copied to the resources using the Marks Import Assistant.
Where Do I Find Marks?
All of the marks are located in the resources of Pri-
nect Signa Station. Select "Jobs & Resources > Marks".
You can find marks that are already positioned in a job in the "Internal Resources" tab in the Browser win-dow.
You can position marks in three ways:
0 Using the "Select Mark from Resource..." button when in the "Marks" tab in the Press Sheet Inspec-
tor, Folding Sheet Inspector or Page Inspector.0 By dragging-and-dropping them from the "Marks
Resources" tab in the Press Sheet Inspector, Fold-ing Sheet Inspector or Page Inspector to thegraphic window.
0 By dragging-and-dropping them from the Inspec-tor windows > "Marks Resources > InternalResources" to the graphic window.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 64/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–2 Edition August 2011
Set marks are contained in the templates for jobs and
product parts, in plate templates and in jobs.
Marks Resources
You select these with "Jobs & Resources > Marks".
This is where you will find the "Standard", "Report"and "PtR_Marks" groups that hold all the marksincluded in the shipment.
The standard marks are the marks that are most fre-quently used and PtR_Marks are special marks for Pri-nect Signa Station in conjunction with the PrinectPrepress Manager. The report marks are ready and setfor creating HTML or PDF files from the list window.
All the marks in these groups are write-protected andshould be left as they are. To change the standardmarks, you must copy and paste them to a folder you
created. Only afterwards is the write protectionremoved.
More details about PtR_Marks can be found in thechapter Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager,Marks in the JDF Layout, page 12–33.
You can add other groups to these groups where youcan create your own marks.
Standard Group
You cannot change the group name or delete thegroup. You also cannot modify or generate a mark oradd another mark to this group. Leave the Standard
group as it is! The Standard group is write-protected.
When you click a mark, you can select in the context-sensitive menu:
0 Edit Mark...
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 65/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–3
The Marks Editor of that mark displays so that you
can view the mark. Changes are not possible, seealso Editing Marks, page 5–27.
0 Copy Mark
This copies the mark and adds it to other read-and- write groups for editing.
PtR_Marks Group
This is the group of marks for working with the Pri-nect Prepress Manager. Almost all of the PtR markscan also be used for Prinergy and quite a number of them generally. What was said about the standardmarks is also applicable for this group. More detailsabout PtR_Marks can be found in the chapter Work-ing with the Prinect Prepress Manager, Marks in the
JDF Layout, page 12– 33.
Report Group
You will find standard marks in this group. You canplace these marks in the list window for output of HTML and/or PDF files.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 66/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–4 Edition August 2011
Custom Group
When you click the "Marks" resource, display the con-text-sensitive menu to create a "New Group" and giveit a name.
Using the context-sensitive menu, you can rename ordelete this group you created, add new marks to it oradd copied resources from other groups. For moredetails, see New Mark, page 5–23.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 67/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–5
Standard Marks
The default marks are written in English. The stan-dard marks are explained in the table below:
Name in Prinect Signa Station Explanation
ASIR-Muellermartini-24pt-5mm Special barcodes for MullerMartinipresses. The mark is to be used only inconjunction with theIDAutomationHI25M barcode font.
ASIR-Muellermartini-128C-5mm Special barcodes for MullerMartinipresses. The mark is to be used only inconjunction with theIDAutomationHI25M barcode font.
Arc Register mark (with circle)
CollatingMark Collating mark
CollatingMarkExtension Collating mark (especially for gangrun form)
Colorbar-4C Color control bar for all workflows with CMYK
Colorbar-6C Color control bar for all workflows with CMYK and 2 spot colors
Colorbar-8C Color control bar for all workflows
with CMYK and 4 spot colorsColorbar-Combi(4C,6C,8C) A combi mark has several color con-
trol marks. During output, the correctmark is automatically used for thepress sheet that you want to print.
CoverClippath CoverClippath relates to pages/1upsand covers the background, depend-ing on the clip path (mainly for pack-
aging).
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 68/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–6 Edition August 2011
CreasingMark Mark for Creasing style
CropMark Crop mark
Cross Simple register mark
CutMark Simple cut mark
FoldIcon Icon that shows the fold procedure asa graphic. Exactly like the two-dimen-sional graphic in the Fold Assistant.
FoldingCross This mark helps you by visualizing inthe folding scheme where folding willbe (folding marks are outside thescheme).
FoldingMark Folding mark
FoldingSheetCut These are cut marks at the four cor-ners of the folding sheet for trimmingthe entire folding sheet (other cutmarks refer to the pages).
PageCutIndex "Page-related cut index". Cuts can bedefined. Enables faulty cuts to be iden-tified in every 1up.
PSS_Versioning_2008_FoldingSheet Mark for jobs with versioning. Marks
the folding sheet and the appropriatefolding sheet number.
PSS_Versioning_2008_FoldingSheet_s Mark for jobs with versioning. Marksthe folding sheet and the appropriatefolding sheet number and the versionname.
PSS_Versioning_2008_PressSheet Mark for jobs with versioning. Marksthe press sheet and the appropriatepress sheet number.
Name in Prinect Signa Station Explanation
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 69/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–7
PSS_VersioningMark Mark for jobs with versioning. Dis-plays product part and layer.
PullLay Sheet lay mark (set between paper andplate so that printers can recognize
whether or not the paper is positionedcorrectly)
PullLay (fix position) Looks like the PullLay mark but keeps
its position on the back during copy-ing
Register_HD Specially created half register mark used to save space
RegisterLine Register mark
RegisterSimple Register mark
SheetLabel Contains placeholders for a presssheet.
SheetLay Marks the position of the fold lay mark.
SignaturInReadersSpread Contains the job name and the collat-ing number as a placeholder.
StationNumber StationNumber is a text mark that
contains a variable (number) and isused to identify a 1up (for Montageand Packaging).
Text Text mark
TilingLine_Horizontal Tiling (mainly filmsetters)
TilingLine_Vertical Tiling (mainly filmsetters)
TilingRegister Tiling (mainly filmsetters)
Name in Prinect Signa Station Explanation
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 70/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–8 Edition August 2011
Some of these marks are used for very specific pur-poses in Signa Station. These marks will be describedin detail later.
Cut Marks
The "CropMark" is a cut mark. You use it to define acut block. Prinect Signa Station automatically definesa cut block if no cut marks are set. For example, eachfolding sheet is a cut block in that case. Data for CIP3finishing are always found in this mark.
Folding Marks
In contrast to the cut marks, the "FoldingMark" is
ignored when calculating a cut block.
Color Control Bars
The standard marks also include color control barsfor process and spot colors, namely "Colorbar-4C","Colorbar-6C" and "Colorbar-8C".
TilingText Tiling (mainly filmsetters)
WST-5 Barcode Five-digit text mark that facilitates amechanical production check for WSTdevices.
WST-7 Barcode Seven-digit text mark that facilitates amechanical production check for WSTdevices. Designed especially for work-
ing with versioning.
Name in Prinect Signa Station Explanation
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 71/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–9
Combi Marks
A combi mark can have several color marks:
0 Color control bar
0 Special color control bar
0 Ink pickup bar
0 Imported color marks (DIPCO, etc.)
How do users benefit from combi marks?
For example, a plate template is to have a color con-trol bar that can be used for a 4-color, 6-color and 8-color printing unit. The user only has to load oneplate template with its combi mark to the job. This
job can be used on a press as required without usinga new plate template because the combi mark detectsthe number of colors and automatically uses the cor-rect color control bar. In other words, during an out-
put where content pages are assigned, the mark withthe matching number of colors is automatically usedfrom the combi mark for each surface.
You can see the color control bar from the list thatmatches the colors on the press sheet. The colorsdepend on the assigned contents or on the colorsdefined (planned) in the Job Inspector. It should beused only in a third-party workflow.
The Prinect Prepress Manager is responsible for select-ing the mark in the interactive workflow.
Note:
0 Single marks that are to form a combi mark should have the same general parameters fromthe Color Control Bar Editor such as "Mark Type"and "Hotspot".The geometry of the marks (height/width) shouldalso be the same.
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 72/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–10 Edition August 2011
0 Dipco marks can also form a combi mark. In this
case, the marks you need are added with MarksImport and combined to a combi mark.
Examples: You want to load two marks, each with four pro-cess colors CMYK and three spot colors. Only oneof the two marks can be loaded.
Note: In Prinect Signa Station, it is possible to set acolor in a mark to "is ignored" (in the Job Inspector
> "Colors" tab > "Ignore in Mark"). For example, thisis necessary for varnishes.
Example: A job contains 7 colors that are listed inthe following order: BCMY, Varnish, Gray, Pantone.
As a result, the colors in the mark are assigned asfollows:
B=K C=C
M=M Y=Y Varnish=XGray=ZPantone=U
A combi mark with 4/6/8 colors is placed on thesheet.
If varnish is set to "is ignored" in the color list,then the 6-color mark is selected correctly. Thismust have been set in "Automatic Color Mapping"in the Job Inspector. No spot color is missing, gray is mapped to X and Pantone to Z.
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 73/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–11
Update Combi Mark
You can update a combi mark with the context-sensi-tive menu in "Jobs & Resources > Marks". You can alsoupdate the single marks in a combi mark in the"Combi Mark" list using the update button in the rel-evant editor.
Text Marks
The "Text" mark identifies the press sheet accurately.
You can position different placeholders in text marks.These placeholders can provide the user with infor-mation about processing downstream, e.g. in the Pri-nect Prepress Manager. The placeholders do notdepend on the job.
In the Marks Editor, you can select the font type andsize in the "Text Properties" dialog (select the mark
and right-click) and select a number of placeholdersfor the mark.
In all other cases, use the Text Marks Editor for textmarks.
Placeholders for Text Marks
You will find a list of text marks with placeholders inMarks in the JDF Layout, page 12–33, Placeholders
for Text Marks, page 12–45.
Barcode Marks (IDAutomation)
As an alternative to the option described here, youcan create your own barcode marks with the BarcodeEditor if you purchased the "Barcode Generator"option. See Barcode Marks (Barcode Editor),page 5–13 for details.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 74/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–12 Edition August 2011
Barcodes are treated as fonts. For that reason, the fol-
lowing three special fonts must be available so that you can generate barcode marks:
3 TrueType fonts:
IDAutomationHbC128M (TrueType)IDAutomationHC39M (TrueType)IDAutomationHI25M (TrueType)
These fonts are not part of the shipment of PrinectSigna Station. You can order them or find out moredetails at: www.IDAutomation.com
Generating a Barcode Mark
1. Install the required barcode fonts on your computer.Please follow the installation instructions of the fontmanufacturer depending on the operating system
you use (Mac, PC).
2. You can now generate a barcode mark with the TextMarks Editor or the Marks Editor. The readable textdisplays in the Text Marks Editor, and you see the bar-code at once in the Marks Editor. We will now describe the procedure with the Marks Editor.
3. Now open the Marks Editor. Select the text mark tooland the barcode you want as your font and the appro-
priate placeholder.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 75/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–13
4. After you save it, you can place the mark on the press
sheet.Note: All three barcode fonts can now be used in amark.
Barcode Marks (Barcode Editor)
Prerequisite: "Barcode Generator" option is licensed.
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 76/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–14 Edition August 2011
Use this new editor if you wish to create/edit a bar-
code mark that is saved as a resource in "Marks". You can also use the barcode marks you created toreplace faulty barcodes in the content.
You can start the Barcode Editor at the followingpoints:
0 In the main menu: "File > Create Resource > New Mark > Barcode Mark... > Source"
0 In the main menu: "Jobs & Resources > Marks" > inthe context-sensitive menu > "New Mark > BarcodeMark > Source"
0 Double-click an existing barcode mark.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 77/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–15
To create a barcode mark
1. Start the Barcode Editor as described above. The fol-lowing dialog displays:
2. Select the barcode type you need (font). For example,select "Code 128".
3. In "Placeholder" in the "Text" group, select "Job Num-ber (jobid)" and "Folding Sheet Number (Sheetre-gionno)" placeholders to replace the WST-5 barcodemark.
4. Select the module width, in this example: "SC1". This
is equivalent to the resolution of your barcode scan-ner.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 78/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–16 Edition August 2011
5. Enter the barcode height (the length of the short
bars), in this example: 0.635 cm).6. Click "Save" to save the mark in the resources.
7. The new WST-5 barcode mark can replace the WST-5
barcode mark from the Standard group.This means that IDAutomation fonts are no longerrequired if this mark is used.
Cover Marks ("CoverClippath" / Job-internal Cover Mark)
The "CoverClippath" mark and the job-internal covermark basically can be used in all work modes.
The "CoverClippath" mark is especially suited to cov-ering an area in a polygonal clip path for packagingprinting.
You can find a description of the cover marks in the"Packaging" chapter in the Reference manual or in"Packaging" in the Online Help.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 79/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–17
StationNumber
The "StationNumber" mark is a text mark that con-tains a variable (number) and is used to identify a1up. The mark can be used in the Packaging and Mon-tage work modes.
You can find a description of the station number inthe "Packaging" chapter in the Reference manual orin "Packaging" in the Online Help.
Tiling Mark (Tiling Line)
"TilingLine" is not a mark in the usual sense of the word, but rather a function. If the material format of the imagesetter is smaller than that of the press, thePrinect Signa Station sheet must be output in morethan one tile.
You use tiling lines to specify where the sheet should
be divided.Tiling marks always refer to the paper. For that rea-son, you can only set tiling marks with the Plate Tem-plate Editor or the Press Sheet Inspector.
Collating Mark
"CollatingMark" is responsible for collating.
Creating Marks with the Measure Tool
These marks only exist as a job-internal marks, butcan be used in all work modes.
You can find a description of how to create thesemarks in the "Graphic Window" chapter in the Refer-ence manual or in "Creating Internal Marks" in theOnline Help.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 80/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–18 Edition August 2011
Automatic Marks
Automatic marks mean that Prinect Signa Stationautomatically sets the cut and folding marks and col-lating mark for the folding sheet/assembly block orfor the page/1up. You can decide on this when creat-ing or changing a product part and you can set theoption in the Job Assistant > "Marks", in the ProductPart Inspector > "Marks" tab or in the Folding Sheet/
Assembly Block Inspector > "Marks" tab. These three
types of marks should not be set by users.
You can define which mark you want to use as thecut, folding or collating mark, as the folding cross,
folding sheet label, folding sheet cut or fold lay mark in the Preferences > "Resources" tab. You can then useany mark from the resources. The following marksare set by default during the installation of PrinectSigna Station:
0 Cut Mark: Standard / CutMark
0
Folding Mark: Standard / FoldingMark 0 Collating Mark: Standard / CollatingMark
0 Folding Crosses: Standard / FoldingCross
0 Folding Sheet Cut: Standard / FoldingSheetCut
0 Fold Lay Mark: Standard / SheetLay
0 Folding Sheet Labels: Standard / SheetLabel
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 81/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–19
These mark types must be set again if you change
their defaults for a particular job in the preferences.This means that you must deselect the option andthen select it again. You must do this so that the new mark displays in the graphic window, is added as aninternal mark of the job (described below) and dis-plays in the "Internal Resources" tab in the Browser
window.
Note: You cannot edit, move or delete cut and foldingmarks. These elements are indicated by a red frame inthe graphic window when you select them there.
You cannot assign the seven automatically set mark types as a mark type when editing, creating orimporting marks in the Marks Editor.
By default, the preferences for the colors and scalingof the automatic marks are taken from the selected
resource. When you create a new job, all the marksare set to "On Resource Color". This makes it possibleto set custom defaults for colors.
Internal Marks
Internal marks are marks that are in a job. A mark can be present in several product parts and, for that
reason, marks are job components as well. They areshown in "Marks" in the "Internal Resources" tab inthe Browser window. In addition, the marks are saved
with the job. This makes the job self-contained and you can transfer it simply from one workstation toanother. A job export is recommended if contents(pages/1ups) are imported.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 82/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–20 Edition August 2011
Internal marks are saved in the job but can still bemanually updated with the current marks resources.Mark an internal mark and select "Refresh InternalMark" in the context-sensitive menu.
An automatic check is always run on the internalmarks when you open a job. If there is a newer ver-sion in the marks resources, you are asked whether
you want to update the marks in the job. You canselect the "Prevent Resource Balancing" option in the Job Inspector if you do not want this.
You can edit internal marks in the "InternalResources" tab in the Browser window by displayingthe context-sensitive menu and selecting "Edit JobInternal Mark" there or in the "Marks" tab of theinspectors.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 83/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–21
Editing an Internal Mark
When you are editing an internal mark, you cannotstart the Marks Editor a second time, for example, toedit another mark at the same time.
One Placeholder for Internal Marks
If you position a mark several times in the job or if itis already in the job a number of times, the mark name only appears once in the Browser window inthe "Internal Resources" tab.
A number appears in parentheses after the name of amark if you add a changed mark with the same nameto the job. This number indicates the version of themark compared to the one in the job.
Creating Internal Marks
You can create a new internal mark with the context-sensitive menu in the Browser window. Mark the"Marks" node in the "Internal Resources" tab and dis-play the context-sensitive menu. Select "New InternalMark" that opens the relevant Marks Editor. After yousave it, the mark displays in the "Internal Resources"tab. Then place the mark as described in PlacingMarks, page 5–32.
Creating Internal Marks with the Measure Tool
In the graphic window you can create all PrinectSigna Station mark types as internal marks in the jobusing the measure tool. The bounding box defines theposition and size of the mark.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 84/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–22 Edition August 2011
You can find a description of how to create these
marks in the "Graphic Window" chapter in the Refer-ence manual or in "Creating Internal Marks" in theOnline Help.
Internal Cover Mark
The internal cover mark can basically be used in all work modes.
You can find a description of the cover mark in the"Packaging" chapter in the Reference manual or in"Packaging" in the Online Help.
Replacing Internal Marks
You can replace marks in the Browser window with"Replace Internal Mark" in the context-sensitivemenu.
Deleting Internal Marks
You can delete marks by selecting the ones you wantin "Internal Resources" in the Browser window andthen selecting "Delete Internal Mark" in the context-sensitive menu.
You can select single positioned marks in the graphic
window and delete them with "Marks > Delete Mark"in the context-sensitive menu.
Confirm the next query with "Yes". The mark isdeleted from the job but is still in the marksresources if it is a plate template mark.
The mark is then available again as a resource if youextend the job later on.
This can be useful if you want to use the job for a fol-low-up job and need the marks again.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 85/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–23
By contrast, custom marks are no longer available
once they are deleted.
New Mark
When you click the "Marks" resource, display the con-text-sensitive menu to create a "New Group" and giveit a name.
You can add new marks to this group you just created
by clicking the group and then selecting the functionin the context-sensitive menu.
Creating a New Mark
You can create or import new marks with the MarksEditors. There are different editors for importing dif-ferent types of marks:
0 Marks Editor
0 Text Mark Editor
0 Ink Pickup Bar Editor
0 Color Control Bar Editor
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 86/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–24 Edition August 2011
0 Color Control Bar Special Editor
0 Marks Import Editor
0 Marks Import Editor (Line Mark)
0 Combi Mark Editor
0 Barcode Marks Editor)
The different editors have many parameters in com-mon.
The marks that are set automatically are defined inthe preferences. You can use your own marks for this.
You cannot assign the seven mark types used there(cut, folding or collating mark, folding cross, foldingsheet label, folding sheet cut or fold lay mark) as amark type when editing, creating or importing marksin the Marks Editor.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 87/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–25
Marks Editor
Use the Marks Editor if you wish to create/edit a mark that is saved as a resource in "Marks".
You can find details about working with the editorsin the Online Help or the Reference manual, Chapter
9.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 88/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–26 Edition August 2011
Replacing Marks
To replace marks set in the job by another mark fromthe marks resources, proceed as follows:
1. Select the mark(s) you wish to replace in the "MarksList" that is located in the "Marks" tab in the inspec-tors for folding sheets/assembly blocks, press sheetsand pages/1ups.
2. Click the Replace button on the right of the list.
3. The "Choose Mark for Optional Mark Exchange" dia-
log displays. In this dialog, select the mark that willreplace the selected marks in the list.
4. The "Prinect Signa Station Question" dialog displays.The selected marks are replaced at their set positions
when you confirm with "OK".
You can also replace marks in the Browser window with "Replace Internal Mark" in the context-sensitive
menu. This replaces all marks available and set in the job.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 89/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–27
A defined margin (can be set in the "Expert Mode" in
the "Marks" tab in the inspectors) is also kept if themarks are compatible, i.e. if they are the same mark type and have the same canvas.
Editing Marks
Using the context-sensitive menu, you can edit amark that you selected in a custom group.
The respective Marks Editor dialog displays. You canfind details about working with the editors in theOnline Help or the Reference manual, Chapter 9.
When you are editing an internal mark, you cannotstart the Marks Editor a second time, for example, toedit another mark at the same time.
Mark Versions
Often you just change minor details in a mark anddon't want to give the mark a new name. In such acase, versions are added to the existing name.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 90/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–28 Edition August 2011
Proceed as follows for this:
You can only change marks in the resources in cus-tom groups. You cannot edit the "Standard" and"PtR_Marks" groups.
1. Open the Marks Editor of the selected mark, either with a double click on the mark or with the context-
sensitive menu > "Edit Mark".2. Edit and save the mark with the editor, but do not
change the name of the mark.
3. Place the mark in the graphic window by dragging-and-dropping it there.
4. The mark name with version number now appears inthe Browser window in the "Internal Resources" tab.
Note: When you modify an "internal mark", all themarks in the job are also changed and displayed inthe graphic window.
Importing Marks
You should always only use the PDF marks includedin the shipment because these give you optimal
results in your work and finishing.
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 91/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–29
You can import marks with the Marks Import Editors
and the Marks Import Assistant (you can find moredetails about the Marks Import Assistant in the Refer-ence Manual or in the Online Help). You can importcolor marks with the Marks Import Editor and marks
without color data with the Marks Import Editor(Line Mark). You can import different types of marksand save them as a resource in "Marks". Acrobat Dis-tiller starts when you import a PostScript mark andthe mark is converted to a PDF mark. The path to
Acrobat Distiller must be set correctly in the "Prefer-ences" for this to work.
You can start the Marks Import Editor at the follow-ing points:
0 In the main menu: "File > Create Resource > New Mark > Marks Import or Marks Import (Line Mark)> Source"
0
In "Jobs & Resources > Marks": Display the context-sensitive menu > "New Mark > Marks Import orMarks Import (Line Mark) > Source".
0 In the Browser window > "Internal Resources". Dis-play the context-sensitive menu > "New InternalMark > Marks Import or Marks Import (Line Mark)> Source".
You can import and use the mark types named below.
After a successful import/conversion, marks can beused for a separated and a composite output.
PDF Marks
There are PDF marks especially created for PrinectSigna Station, for example, DIPCO marks or processcontrol bars. These marks are shipped on a CD and
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 92/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–30 Edition August 2011
can be used perfectly with Prinect Signa Station.
These marks act like the DCS 2 marks in the old Sign-aStation.
DIPCO marks are also included in the installation of the latest version.DIPCO marks are available for the Heidelberg work-flow (for all resolutions) and for third-party work-flows (resolution-specific 2400 dpi and 2540 dpi).
You should only use the marks included in the ship-
ment!
If you create your own marks with a graphics applica-tion and want to save and import them as PDF,remember that these marks may not have the sepa-rated and composite components depending on thegraphics application.
DCS 2 Marks
You can import the DCS 2 marks that were used in theold SignaStation. These marks are converted to PDFduring the import. Despite this, you should still givepreference to the PDF marks.
EPS Marks
Acrobat Distiller starts when you import an EPS mark
and the mark is converted to a PDF mark. The path to Acrobat Distiller must be set correctly in the "Prefer-ences" for this to work.
Take note that Prinect Signa Station interprets all thecolor data/comments in custom EPS marks. For thatreason, you must remember this when entering suchdata. If not, problems can occur when the marks areused.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 93/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–31
For color EPS marks, you must decide whether the
marks will be used in a composite or separated work-flow.
0 Composite workflow
In a composite workflow, the color EPS mark is out-put correctly on the press sheet on the basis of itscolor data.
If it contains CMYK, these are also printed to the cor-rect color layers. A mark with only a black commentis printed only on the black separation.
You can set these marks on single color layers in the"Marks" tab in the Folding Sheet/Assembly Block Inspector, Press Sheet Inspector and Page/1up Inspec-tor.
0 Separated workflow
In a separated workflow, color EPS marks are set to all
the color layers because there are no separated com-ponents as is the case in DCS 2. In this process, all thecolors are converted to the equivalent gray values.Sometimes, the results of this are not what you want.For that reason, you should avoid using color EPSmarks in a separated workflow.
There are no problems when you import black-and- white marks that don't have any colors, for example,
"Cross" or "FoldingMark".
Main, pre, sep Marks
These three files help make up a mark. You mustimport the .main file if you wish to use such a mark.Prinect Signa Station then automatically generatesthe other related files.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 94/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–32 Edition August 2011
Placing Marks
There are different ways to place marks in the prod-uct part/job.
Automatic Marks
For details, see Automatic Marks, page 5–18.
Drag-and-drop to the Graphic Window
You can place marks directly from the "MarksResources" tab in the Press Sheet Inspector, FoldingSheet Inspector or Page Inspector to the graphic win-dow. The advantage of this is that the marks referenceis also defined exactly (plate, folding sheet or page),depending on which inspector the mark comes from.
You will see the reference points if you move a mark to the graphic window holding down the mouse but-ton. If the hotspot of the mark is near a referencepoint, the mark will snap accurately into positionabove this spot.
The reference is also highlighted according to thetype of mark (related to press sheet, folding sheet orpage).
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 95/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–33
In the example shown above, a page-related mark isdragged from the Page Inspector to the graphic win-dow. When placed, the mark appears in the "Marks"tab in the Page Inspector.
Adding Marks with the Folder Button
Click the folder button in the "Marks" tab in the Fold-ing Sheet/Assembly Block Inspector, Press SheetInspector or Page/1up Inspector, select a mark fromthe resources in the "Choose Mark" dialog that thenappears and add it to the job. When you add marks,they are shown in the list and in the graphic view,depending on the parent set. Marks added in this way
always have "X=0/Y=0" or "Lower left" as a reference
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 96/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–34 Edition August 2011
point.
After you create a frame with the "Frame" tool, youcan set a mark exactly at the starting point of theframe.
You can find more details in New Mark, page 5– 23 and Reference Points, page 5–36.
Copying Marks to Other Surfaces
You can apply the selected mark(s) and its data to allsurfaces in the press sheet or folding sheet by clickingthe button below in the "Marks" tab in the FoldingSheet/Assembly Inspector and the Press Sheet Inspec-tor.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 97/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–35
Applying Data to Similar Objects
Click this button if you wish to apply all the inputs/changes you made to a particular sheet/page in the"Marks" tab in the Folding Sheet/Assembly Block Inspector, Press Sheet Inspector or Page/1up Inspectorto all other sheets/pages of the same type in the prod-uct part. The objects affected by the change dependon which inspector you are in.
Note:
Feature in the Page/1up Inspector:
The mark of the selected page/1up is applied to allother pages/1ups or, if set accordingly, to all pages
with the same page number or to all left or rightpages if you selected only one page/1up. The mark isapplied only to the selected pages if you selected morethan one page/1up.
You can restrict the function to the active foldingsheet/assembly block with "File > Preferences >Defaults > Several Switches".
Feature in packaging:
If you loaded a CFF2 file with two contours in packag-ing printing and selected just one 1up, then the mark of the selected 1up is applied to all other 1ups within
one contour when you select the 1up. The mark isapplied to the selected pages in both contours if youselected several pages/1ups in both contours.
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 98/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–36 Edition August 2011
Reference Points
You can place marks directly from the "MarksResources" tab in the Press Sheet Inspector, FoldingSheet Inspector or Page Inspector to the graphic win-dow. You will see the reference points if you move amark to the graphic window holding down themouse button. If the hotspot of the mark is near a ref-erence point, the mark will snap accurately into posi-tion above this spot.
This option lets you select one of the reference pointsavailable for the selected mark.
In the Folding Sheet Inspector, the reference pointshave digits, e.g. "x=1/y=1" because every folding line inthe scheme can be a reference point. In the PressSheet and Page/1up Inspectors, words are used, e.g."Lower middle".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 99/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–37
Examples:
You can also position the selected mark as you want itin x/y direction in relation to its assigned referencepoint. The selected reference point can be, for exam-ple, x=1/y=0.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 100/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–38 Edition August 2011
One Placeholder for Internal Marks
If you position a mark several times in the job or if itis already in the job a number of times, the mark name only appears once in the Browser window inthe "Internal Resources" tab.
Marks on Front and Back
Fixed position for front and back
The mark position in relation to the origin is gener-ally different for front and back. For work-and-turn,for example, it is mirrored so that the mark is in theright position for the pages. There are cases where themark position has to be the same for the front andback. You must set the "Fixed position on press sheet"
option in the respective Marks Editor if you want this.Example: PullLay (fix position).
Cover Mark Background
The mark is covered (knockout) the size of the clippath.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 101/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–39
Mirror Mark
The mark is generally mirrored. There is a logicaldependency between this option and the next item.
Mirror mark on back
The mark content generally will not be mirrored if the mark position is mirrored on the back. You mustcheck this option if you wish to mirror the mark con-tent on the back sheet.
Output Mark on Paper Only
The mark is output only if the reference defined forthe mark is "Paper".
Copy Mark to Front Only
The mark is copied only to the front when it is copiedto other surfaces.
AutoClip Cross
Automatic marks are trimmed so that they do not jutinto the content.
Inspection Control Mark
The mark is written to the Inspection Control layer.
Mark Hotspot
The page, paper, plate and subject have magneticalignment spots > Reference Points. These help toposition the marks correctly. The hotspot of the mark snaps accurately into position above this spot. Youmust define the correct position of the hotspot
within the mark. You can select the position in theMarks Editor.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 102/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–40 Edition August 2011
Mark References
Marks have different references. The internal marksin the job are part of the job and are never separatedfrom it. See Internal Marks, page 5–19 for details.
You can set paper, plate or subject as references forthe Press Sheet Inspector ("Marks" tab). The FoldingSheet Inspector and the Page Inspector only have onereference, folding sheet and page respectively.
The mark references are essential for working withplaceholders and for the position of the mark.
Preliminary Steps
When you are creating a plate template in the PlateTemplate Editor, you can already set marks anddefine their references (Parent), paper, plate or sub-
ject. These marks are found in the job through the
use of the plate template.
Reference Point of the Element
Drag-and-drop to the Graphic Window
You can select a mark in the marks resources anddrag-and-drop it in the graphic window to the posi-tion you want. Drag-and-drop is the same in all the
inspectors, only the number and position of the refer-ence points and the reference itself depend on theinspector the marks come from:
0 "Press Sheet Inspector > Marks Resources" -> presssheet reference points (paper, plate, subject)
0 "Folding Sheet/Assembly Block Inspector"-> folding sheet reference points
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 103/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–41
0 "Page/1up Inspector > Marks Resources" -> page ref-
erence pointsIt doesn't matter to which tab in the graphic window
you will position the mark, the reference alwaysrelates to the inspector you dragged the mark from.
Note:
0 Tiling marks always refer to the paper. For thatreason, you can only set tiling marks with thePlate Template Editor or the Press Sheet Inspector.
0 The mark is set in the same number of pages/1ups you selected. However, you must position themarks (some of which lie on top of each other)
with the mouse cursor.
You can define the reference point for a mark andplace the mark when you have set the parent for it,e.g. to paper, plate, folding sheet, etc. (see also Refer-
ence Points, page 5–36).The advantage of a mark assigned to a reference pointof the element is that when you change the size of thesubject (by arranging the folding sheets or assembly blocks differently), the mark always moves along
with the reference point.
Lower Left Corner of the Element
Adding Marks with the Folder Button
Click the folder button in the "Marks" tab in the Fold-ing Sheet/Assembly Block Inspector, Press SheetInspector or Page/1up Inspector, select a mark fromthe resources in the "Choose Mark" dialog that thenappears and add it to the job. Marks added in this way have "X=0/Y=0" or "Lower left" as a reference point (see
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 104/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–42 Edition August 2011
also Reference Points, page 5–36).
A mark is set exactly to a measuring point that you setbeforehand with the "Frame" tool.
If reference point is set with the frame
Reference Point "X=0/Y=0" or "Lower left" > Zero Point
For paper:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 105/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–43
For plate:
For subject: The mark is at the same position as onthe folding sheet because the subject and folding
sheet are the same size in this case.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 106/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–44 Edition August 2011
For folding sheet
Marks for Finishing
In principle, you can use all PDF marks for finishing,for example, for generating CIP data, you can even useimported marks in another data format if they were
converted successfully to PDF (see also ImportingMarks, page 5– 28).
Cutting data are passed on for CIP finishing if the"Presetting" option is enabled. The types of marksthat can be selected in the Marks Editor are alsoimportant for CIP finishing, except for "undefined".
There are special marks in the "PtR_Marks" group inthe marks resources for finishing in the Prinect Pre-
press Manager. This group contains marks with spe-
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 107/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–45
cial placeholders that are replaced by the Prinect Pre-
press Manager and marks that are only needed forproofing and not later for printing. You can findmore details in Marks in the JDF Layout, page 12–33.
Note:Replacement of the marks is guaranteed only in thePrinect workflow.
Working with Asir Marks
Two new placeholders were added for finishing usingthe Asir code:
0 ASIR Details (2/5 Interleaved)
For the "2/5 Interleaved" barcode font.
0 ASIR Details (Code 128)
For the "Code 128" barcode font.
The placeholders are not implemented into a bar-code. They contain the following details:
0 Product code
0 Folding sheet number
0 Last folding sheet marked with "1"
Example:
1. 25 - 1 - 0 -> product code 25, folding sheet 1, not lastfolding sheet
2. 25 - 3 - 1 -> product code 25, folding sheet 3, last fold-ing sheet
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 108/363
Working with Marks ABC
5–46 Edition August 2011
Settings in the Inspectors
You can display and change the data for all the marksin the job, whether they are set automatically or by the user, in the Folding Sheet/Assembly Block Inspec-tor, Press Sheet Inspector or Page/1up Inspector >"Marks" tab. This applies to the placement, referenceand size of the mark. You can change the appearanceof a mark only with the Marks Editor. In addition, youcan add and delete marks.
Changes in the inspectors named above are made forall the selected marks. They can then be applied to allother marks on other surfaces.
Do not forget that changes in the Product Part Inspec-tor override any changes made in the Folding Sheet/
Assembly Block Inspector, Press Sheet Inspector andPage/1up Inspector. A message displays. For that rea-son, first make your changes in the Product Part
Inspector and then in the other inspectors.
You can find more details in the Online Help or refer-ence manual, Chapter 7.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 109/363
ABC Working with Marks
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 5–47
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 110/363
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 111/363
ABC Output
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 6–1
6 Output
How Do I Output a Job?
Prerequisites:
0 You have created and saved a job (see Creating a Job with Defined Machines / Resources,page 4–16).
0 You have an output parameter set where youdefined an output folder.
Procedure:
1. Click "File > Open" in the main menu. Select the job you want to output in the "Open" dialog.
2. You have four ways of starting the Print Job dialog(see section Print Job Dialog, page 6–2):
0 Click "File > Print Job..." in the main menu.
0 Click "File > Print Assistant..." in the main menu.
0 Select the "Product Parts" tab in the Browser win-dow. Select "Print Job" in the context-sensitivemenu of the active job (see section Job Outputfrom the Browser Window, page 6–6).
0 Click the "Output" icon below the menu bar.
3. In "Output Parameter Set" in the Print Job dialog,check whether the default output parameter set isthe correct one (see section Default for the Output
Parameter Sets, page 6–5).
If it isn't, click the folder button and load the outputparameter set you want from the resources.
4. Click "Output". The job is output to the output folder.
You have already defined the output folder in the out-put parameter set in the "General" tab > "Outputfolder for PDF, JDF, JT".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 112/363
Output ABC
6–2 Edition August 2011
You will find the "Output" folder that is created auto-
matically in "Preferences > Paths > Output".
Print Job Dialog
0 "Output Parameter Set": Click the folder buttonbeside this box to load an output parameter setfrom the resources.
Generally, this box has a default output parameterset (see the section Default for the Output Param-eter Sets, page 6–5).
Note: If you want your output to be centered,make sure that the imaging window is centered
with regard to the plate template (see also Refer-ence manual, Plate Template Editor).
0 "Edit": This opens the Output Parameter Set Edi-
tor. You can modify the output parameter set spe-
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 113/363
ABC Output
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 6–3
cifically for this job in this editor. The modified
output parameter set is saved together with the job if your job was output successfully. It displaysas the default for the next job you output (seesection Default for the Output Parameter Sets,page 6–5).
0 "Press Sheet List": You can select single press sheetsfor output. Output of all the press sheets is set by default.
You can also print the following parts of the presssheet separately:
0 Surface (Front and Back)
0 Separations (see the "View" item for detailsabout displaying separated documents andcomposite documents on the screen).
0 "Layer List": You also have a layer list when work-
ing with layers. You can select single layers for out-put. Output of the first layer is set by default.
0 "Tile List": You also have a tile list when working with tiling. You can select single tiles for output.Output of all the tiles is set by default.
0 "Select All": All the tiles in the list are selected when you click this button.
0
"Deselect All": All the tiles in the list are deselected when you click this button.
0 "View": Click this button to view your job as a PDFfile on the screen.
You must have set the correct paths to the Adobeapplications in "File > Preferences > Paths > SelectExternal Executables" (see the Reference manual).
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 114/363
Output ABC
6–4 Edition August 2011
In the print preview, you must make a difference
between composite documents and separated doc-uments:
0 Composite documents: In this case, PrinectSigna Station displays the imposed PDF presssheet in color. The single separations of thecomposite press sheet cannot be shownbecause Prinect Signa Station cannot createseparations.
0 Separated documents: In this case, the singleseparations of the press sheet are shown along
with any comments in the Adobe message line.This means that the print preview showsexactly the data that will be sent to the RIP forprinting. A color composite display of the sepa-rated page is not shown in this view. You cansee a composite display of the separated pagesin the graphic window.
0 "Save...": Like with "Print", you can output your job with "Save...". The "Save" dialog provides you withmore settings:
0 "Save to": This box lets you set a different out-put folder to the one defined in the outputparameter set. The input is not saved.
0 "File Name": You can edit the name of the out-
put file in this box.0 "Output": The current job is output to the output
folder. You already defined the output folder inthe output parameter set > "General" tab.
You will find the "Output" folder that is createdautomatically for the output folder in "Preferences> Paths > Output".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 115/363
ABC Output
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 6–5
Default for the Output Parameter Sets
There are three different sources for the default. Theorder in which the sources are used corresponds tothe details given below:
0 Job-specific output parameter set (internalresource, top priority): Normally, you have an out-put parameter set from the resources for the out-put of your job. You can modify this outputparameter set using "Edit" in the Print Job dialog
(see "Edit" in the section Print Job Dialog,page 6–2). This modified output parameter set isused only in conjunction with the current job.
0 The current output parameter set (it doesn'tmatter whether it's modified or not) is savedtogether with the job if your job is output suc-cessfully. This output parameter set appears asthe default when you display the Print Job dia-
log again with this job.The name of the output parameter set starts
with the extension "(job-internal resource)" inthe Print Job dialog if the default set is job-spe-cific.
0 The output parameter set is not saved if outputof your job is not successful.
0
Plate template (second priority): You can define anoutput parameter set in the plate template. Theoutput parameter set from the plate template isused as the default if you don't have a job-specificone.
In a product part, you can define several plate tem-plates with output parameter sets. The outputparameter set assigned to the first press sheet inthe press sheet list is the default one. The output
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 116/363
Output ABC
6–6 Edition August 2011
parameter set of the next press sheet is used if the
first press sheet was not assigned a set, and so on.0 Last output parameter set selected (third priority):
Prinect Signa Station always remembers the lastoutput parameter set used from the resources (i.e.not job-specific output parameter sets!).
This output parameter set always appears as thedefault if you neither have a job-specific one nor isthere one defined in the plate template.
The situation the first time is an exception. Youstarted Prinect Signa Station for the first time and
want to output a job for the first time. In this case,there is no job-specific output parameter set nor isthere one that was last used. You then have twooptions:
0 You defined an output parameter set in the platetemplate. This is then set as the default.
0 You did not define an output parameter set in theplate template. There is no default.
Job Output from the Browser Window
You can output a job or parts of a job from theBrowser window > "Product Parts" tab.
Mark the job with a double click. Right-click the jobor part of the job you want to print. In the context-sensitive menu select:
0 For an entire job: "Print Job".
0 Product part: "Print Product Part".
The product part name is used in the name of theoutput file if there are several product parts.
0 Press sheet: "Print Press Sheet".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 117/363
ABC Output
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 6–7
Workflows
You define the workflow in the output parameter setin the "General" tab > "Workflow > Device and Vari-ant". You select the workflow in the list box in"Device". Then only the outputs possible in combina-tion with the device are shown in the list box in "Vari-ant".
The workflows that are available in the list box will beexplained in the sections below.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 118/363
Output ABC
6–8 Edition August 2011
Preliminary Remarks
Data Format
0 Input: Prinect Signa Station works with the Post-Script and PDF input formats. The PostScript filesare converted to PDF files with Acrobat Distiller.
You must have set the correct paths to the Adobeapplications in "File > Preferences > Paths > SelectExternal Executables".
0 Internal processing: All the data are processedinternally by Prinect Signa Station as PDF data.
0 Output: Prinect Signa Station supports the PDF,PostScript, Adobe Portable Job Ticket-Format(PJTF) and JDF output formats.
One or More Output Files (Job Granularity)
You define the job granularity in the Output Parame-ter Set Editor in the "Options" tab > "Output":
0 "All in one job": All the press sheets are output inone job. There is only one output file.
0 "One job per press sheet or web": One job per frontand back printing or per web is output. There areas many output files as press sheets or webs.
0
"One job per surface": A job is output for every front and every back (i.e. for every surface). Thereare as many output files as surfaces.
In the text below, we will be talking about several out-put files.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 119/363
ABC Output
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 6–9
Generation of PPF Data
In the "Finishing" tab, you set whether or not a PPFfile will be generated. Basically, this is possible forevery workflow. See also Generation of CIP3-PPF /CIP4-JDF Data, page 11–1.
The "Finishing" tab only displays if you enabled the"Presetting" option at the startup of Prinect Signa Sta-tion.
1. Check whether the "Presetting" option is enabled in"File > Preferences > License and Option Chooser".
2. You will find the "Cip" folder that is created automat-
ically for the PPF files in "File > Preferences > Paths > Workspace".
The PPF files are generated as follows (see "OutputParameter Set Editor > Options > Output"), dependingon your output mode (see the section One or MoreOutput Files (Job Granularity), page 6–8):
0 "All in one job" and "One job per press sheet or web":
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 120/363
Output ABC
6–10 Edition August 2011
A PPF file will be generated per press sheet or per
web.0 "One job per surface": A PPF file will be generated per surface.
Workflow: Other Device with PDF Output
PDF files will be output.
Generally, this workflow is used when you are work-
ing with third-party devices. As a result, the devicesused in finishing (e.g. RIP) are unknown.
The workflow is characterized by the following fea-tures:
0 Third-party imagesetters are usually used. Youthen also have no "IPR/Qry" files with the machinedata of an imagesetter.
You must select "Manual" in "Mode for ImagesetterDefinition" if you wish to create an imagesetterdata set with the Filmsetter or Platesetter Editor.Then type in the machine data.
0 Output Parameter Set Editor > "Options" tab > "Ori-entation": The orientation is saved in the PDF out-put file.
0 Output Parameter Set Editor > "Options" tab >
"OPP and OPC parameter sets" / "Process calibra-tion": These boxes are dimmed.
0 Output Parameter Set Editor > "Punches" tab: Youcannot select this tab.
0 PPF data: The PDF file contains a PPF data entry that can only be used internally.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 121/363
ABC Output
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 6–11
Workflow: MetaDimension with JobTicket or PDF
The output files with the user data are in PDF format.The job ticket files have references to the PDF files.
The parameter sets from MetaDimension can be *.oppfiles and *.jt files. To keep things simple, we will justtalk about OPP parameter sets below.
The workflow is characterized by the following fea-tures:
0 Output Parameter Set Editor > "General" tab >"Material": The material is saved in the OPP param-eter set and evaluated at MetaDimension.
0 Output Parameter Set Editor > "Options" tab > "Ori-entation": The orientation is evaluated at MetaDi-mension.
0 Output Parameter Set Editor > "Options" tab >"OPP and OPC parameter sets": You can load the
OPP data sets to Prinect Signa Station.
The OPP parameter sets contain RIP parameterssuch as screening, resolution or calibration. You
will find the "OPC" folder that is created automati-cally for these parameter sets in "Preferences >Paths > Workspace".
If you don't have an OPP data set, Prinect Signa
Station creates one and sets the RIP parametersthat can be set at Prinect Signa Station. Theparameters that can be set at Prinect Signa Stationalways overwrite the settings in the OPP data set.This includes:
0 Material
0 Punch data
0 Marks settings
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 122/363
Output ABC
6–12 Edition August 2011
0 Output Parameter Set Editor > "Options" tab > "Pro-
cess calibration": You cannot use this text box. Cal-ibration is set at MetaDimension.
However, Prinect Signa Station sends calibrationdata indirectly to MetaDimension if they are con-tained in the OPP data set.
0 PPF data: PPF data are written automatically to the job ticket file.
Workflow: Other Device with PostScript (Level 3 and 2)
The output files are in PostScript format. There is onePPF data entry that can only be used internally.
The PostScript workflow is designed for third-party RIPs that cannot interpret the PDF format.
This workflow has the following restriction: Trans-parency elements are not converted correctly to Post-
Script during a conversion from PDF 1.4. As a result,colors are not output correctly.
The features of the PDF workflow can be applied tothis workflow (see the section Workflow: OtherDevice with PDF Output, page 6–10).
Workflow: Other Device with JDF
The output files with the user data are in JDF format.The JDF has references to the PDF files.
Workflow: Prinergy 4.1 and higher (with JDF)
The output files with the user data are in JDF format.The JDF has references to the PDF files.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 123/363
ABC Output
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 6–13
Workflow: Prinergy (via JobTicket)
The output files with the user data are in PDF format.In addition, there are files in the Adobe Portable JobTicket-Format (PJTF) that contain the control data.The job ticket files have references to the PDF files.
The workflow is characterized by the following fea-tures:
0 Output Parameter Set Editor > "General" tab >"Material": The material must always be set up atPrinergy. Any material settings you make in thistab are not accepted by Prinergy.
However, the plate template can have geometry data about the imaging window. These areaccepted by Prinergy.
0 Output Parameter Set Editor > "Options" tab > "Ori-entation": The orientation is not evaluated at Pri-
nergy.0 Output Parameter Set Editor > "Options" tab >
"OPP and OPC parameter sets" / "Process calibra-tion": These boxes are dimmed.
0 Output Parameter Set Editor > "Punches" tab: Only the settings in "Mode" are used from this tab. They deal with the rotation of the tiles during tiling.
Punch data are not accepted by Prinergy.0 PPF data: PPF data are written automatically to the job ticket file.
0 There is no interactive mode.
0 Prinergy only accepts unpopulated layouts andcreates populated ones itself.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 124/363
Output ABC
6–14 Edition August 2011
Workflow: Nexpress (via Job Ticket)
The output files with the user data are in PDF format.In addition, there are files in the Adobe Portable JobTicket-Format (PJTF) that contain the control data.The job ticket files have references to the PDF files.
The workflow is characterized by the following fea-tures:
0 Output Parameter Set Editor > "General" tab >"Material": The material must always be set up atNexpress. However, the geometric dimensions of the material are accepted by Nexpress.
0 Output Parameter Set Editor > "Options" tab > "Ori-entation": The orientation is evaluated at Nexpressand not changed in this tab.
0 Output Parameter Set Editor > "Options" tab >"OPP and OPC parameter sets" / "Process calibra-
tion": These boxes are dimmed.0 Output Parameter Set Editor > "Punches" tab: You
cannot select this tab.
0 Tiling does not bring you any benefits.
0 PPF data: PPF data are written automatically to the job ticket file.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 125/363
ABC Output
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 6–15
Overview of Workflows
Workflows Grouped by Direct Output and Layout Generation
Direct Output
Prinect Signa Station has a direct link to the RIP andimagesetter in a direct output.
Workflows for direct output:
MetaDimension
Prinect PrepressManager
Prinergy
JDF
PostScript
NexPress
Material Yes No(but geometry data
of imaging window)
NoNexpress: but geom-
etry data of materialOPC/OPP Meta: OPP No No
Calibration
Meta: Yes (via OPP)No No
Punches Yes No(but rotation of tilesduring tiling)
No
PPF data Yes Yes(Prinect PrepressManager: CIP4)
Yes
Extras Interactive mode:Prinect PrepressManager 11.0: YesPrinergy: No
Nexpress: Tiling nobenefits
Orientation Yes No Yes
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 126/363
Output ABC
6–16 Edition August 2011
0 "PDF"
0 "MetaDimension (via JobTicket)"
0 "PostScript (Level 3 and 2)"
0 "Nexpress (via Job Ticket)"
Layout Generation
Prinect Signa Station does not have a direct link tothe RIP and imagesetter for layout generation.
Workflows for layout generation:
0 "Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 (via JDF)"
0 "Prinergy (via JobTicket) (via JDF)"
0 "Other device (via JDF)"
Proofing
Proofing with Adobe Reader
Prinect Signa Station treats the proofer (color printer,plotter, etc.) like a third-party RIP. At present, youcannot output a PDF file directly from Prinect SignaStation to a proofer. For that reason, we are proofinga PDF file from Adobe Reader.
1. You can launch Adobe Reader in two ways:
0 You click "View" in the Print Job dialog.
0 You go to your output folder and right-click thePDF file you want to output. Select "Open with
Adobe Reader" in the context-sensitive menu.
2. In Adobe Reader, select "File > Print" or click thePrinter icon.
3. Select your proofer in the "Printer" group.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 127/363
ABC Output
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 6–17
4. Start printing.
Proofing Using the RIP
You can also set up your proofing internally at the RIP(even a third-party RIP).
0 MetaDimension: The proofer is set up in the OPPand in the queues.
More Details
You will find more details about output in the follow-ing chapters:
0 Reference manual, in "Print Assistant" in the "Pri-nect Signa Station Menus" chapter. A simplifiedoutput with the help of an Assistant is possible.
0 Reference manual, in "Output Parameter Set Edi-tor" in the "Editors" chapter: This section assumesthat you are familiar with the details found in thereference manual.
0 Generation of CIP3-PPF / CIP4-JDF Data, page 11–1.
0 Prinect Signa Station Interactive with the PrinectPrepress Manager 11.0, page 12–14.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 128/363
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 129/363
ABC Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 7–1
7 Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling
Preliminary Remarks and Requirements for Examples 1 and 2
What is Tiled: the Plate Size or the Paper Size?
Tiling requires that the plate size will be tiled. Thereason for this is that it ought to be possible in tilingas well to image plate parts that have no paper, forexample, if process control bars are used.
You can proceed in two ways:
0 The plate size is known (see section Example 1: Til-ing with a plate size that is known, page 7–4).
You define a plate template with the plate sizethat is known.
To tile the sheet (paper) size, you must set addi-tional tiling marks at the sheet (paper) margin.The marks frame the sheet. The framed area is thesheet size that will be tiled.
You then set "normal" tiling lines that actually tilethe sheet.
0 The plate size is not known (see section Example 2:Tiling with a plate size that is unknown,page 7–24).
Select the plate size the same as the paper size.The outer edges of the tiles are then identical to
the edges of the paper.
Requirements
0 Filmsetter: DuosetterThe imaging area of the Duosetter is525mm x 505mm.
0 Press:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 130/363
Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling ABC
7–2 Edition August 2011
0 Example 1: Standard sheetfed press
"SM 102 52_38".The plate size of the SM 102 52_38 is1030mm x 790mm.
0 Example 2: Unknown press.
0 Paper size: 1000mm x 700mm
0 Extra space: 12.5mm
0 Folding scheme: Standard folding scheme "F08-
07_li_2x2"0 Page total: 16 pages
0 PDF document: "HD_Stadt_dt_engl.pdf"
0 The unit of measure used is "mm".
Extra Space
What is Extra Space?
Extra space defines the width of the margin that fully surrounds each tile. This margin is required for thetiling marks that are set automatically. Each tile isidentified by eight registration marks ("TilingRegis-ter" mark) and one text mark ("TilingText" mark). Allthese marks are placed automatically in the "Extraspace".
You increase the tile size by defining extra space. Youmust always make sure that the maximum outputformat for the imagesetter is not exceeded when youdo this.
Explanation of the size selected for the extra space
The graphic below shows you following sizes dis-played true-to-scale:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 131/363
ABC Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 7–3
0 Imaging window: 525mm x 505mm
0 Size of a tile: 500mm x 350mm;(we will divide the paper size (1000mm x 700mm)into 4 equal parts)
0 Extra space: 12.5mm Widthwise, only 25mm on the whole is availablefor the extra space (525mm - 500mm). This meansthat the margin on each side can be max. 12.5mm.
Paper: One tile
Imaging window of the imagesetter
Extra space
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 132/363
Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling ABC
7–4 Edition August 2011
Example 1: Tiling with a plate size that is known
See the section Preliminary Remarks and Require-ments for Examples 1 and 2, page 7–1.
Filmsetter Configuration
1. Go to the "Machines" tab in "Jobs & Resources >Resources & Machines".
2. Right-click "Filmsetters". Create a new group, in this
example, named "Filmsetters for Tiling".
3. Right-click the new group name and select "New Film-setter Properties". This opens the Filmsetter Editor.
4. In "Name", enter the filmsetter name, in this case"Duosetter".
5. Select "IPR/Qry File" as the "Mode for Imagesetter Def-inition".
Select "Manual" if you don't have this file. Then typein the parameters for "Nominal Size" and "Material" asshown in the graphic below. Skip the next item.
6. In "IPR/Qry File", click the folder icon and open theappropriate query file, in this case "Duosetter.ipr".The relevant parameters are set automatically.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 133/363
ABC Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 7–5
7. Click "Save".
Output Parameter Set Configuration
1. Go to the "Resources" tab in "Jobs & Resources >Resources & Machines".
2. Right-click "Output Parameter Sets" and create a new group named, in this example, "Output ParameterSets for Tiling".
3. Right-click the new group name and select "New Out-put Parameter Set". This opens the Output ParameterSet Editor.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 134/363
Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling ABC
7–6 Edition August 2011
"General" Tab
4. In "Name", enter the name of the output parameterset, in this case "Duosetter PDF Output".
5. Select "Filmsetter" as the imagesetter type in "Image-setter data set".
6. Click the folder icon beside "Data set" and load thefilmsetter you configured in the "Machines" tab (seethe section Filmsetter Configuration, page 7–4).
This automatically sets the parameters in "Material".
7. Select "PDF" in "Workflow".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 135/363
ABC Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 7–7
8. In "Output folder for PDF, JDF, JT, ...", select the
default output folder as shown below in the graphic.
"Options" Tab9. Select "All in one job" in "Output".
10. Select "Automatic" in "Orientation".
11. Leave the defaults for "Visual Effects", "Scaling", "OPPand OPC parameter sets" and "Process calibration" asthey are, as shown in the graphic below.
12. Under "Imaging Size" select the "Tiling" option.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 136/363
Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling ABC
7–8 Edition August 2011
13. Under "Tiling" leave the option "Don't generate tiling
marks" inactive. Enter a value of "12.5" as "Extraspace" (see the section Extra Space, page 7–2).
If you wish to use tiling marks, you should use thedefault of 15 mm as the minimum value. In this caseif you make the extra space too small the tiling marks
will project into your 1ups.
You can also set the extra space to 0 mm and work without tiling marks.
See the section Print Job, page 7–20.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 137/363
ABC Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 7–9
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 138/363
Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling ABC
7–10 Edition August 2011
"Finishing" Tab
14. Leave the defaults as they are, as shown in thegraphic below.
15. Click "Save".
Plate Template Configuration
The tiling marks are set on the plate template in ourexample.
1. Go to the "Resources" tab in "Jobs & Resources >Resources & Machines".
2. Right-click "Plate Templates" and create a new groupnamed, in this example, "Plate Templates for Tiling".
3. Right-click the new group name and select "New PlateTemplate". This opens the Plate Template Editor (seethe Reference manual for a description).
"Plate Template" Tab
4. Type the name of the plate template in "Name", in ourexample, "SM102_Duosetter".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 139/363
ABC Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 7–11
5. Click the folder icon beside "Press" in "Plate Dimen-
sion". Load "SM 102 52_38" in "Sheetfed Presses > Stan-dard".
The "Width" and "Height" in "Plate Dimension" and allthe values in "Paper Definitions" are set as a result.
6. Click the folder icon beside "Output parameters" in"Output". Load the "Duosetter PDF Output" set that
you defined in the section Output Parameter Set Con-figuration, page 7–5 to this box.
This automatically sets the data in "Imaging Win-dow".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 140/363
Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling ABC
7–12 Edition August 2011
"Marks Resources" Tab
The tiling marks are now set on the plate template.
First of all, we will set four tiling marks on the paperedges. By doing this, we define that the paper size isthe size that will be tiled (see the section What isTiled: the Plate Size or the Paper Size?, page 7–1).
Then we will set two more tiling marks that will tilethe sheet into four parts.
7. Go to "Marks > Standard".
8. Click the "TilingLine_Horizontal" mark and drag-and-drop it to the top edge of the paper in the graphic.Make sure that the hotspot at the center of the mark snaps into position above the reference point in themiddle of the paper edge.
Set the three other tiling marks on the paper edges inthe same way so that the paper has rims around it
from the tiling marks.
You can see the red tiling lines in the graphic below.The broken blue line shows the imaging window of the Duosetter. As a result you can also see optically that you have four tiles for imaging.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 141/363
ABC Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 7–13
9. Set the other two tiling marks to divide the sheet intofour identical tiles.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 142/363
Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling ABC
7–14 Edition August 2011
You can now see the green tile numbers in the
graphic.
10. Click "Save".
Creating a Job
1. Start the Job Assistant with "File > New".
2. "Job Data": Enter your customer and order data.
3. "Product Part Definition":
0 "Name": Enter the name of the product part, inthis case, "Example for Tiling".
0 "Work Mode": Select "Imposition".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 143/363
ABC Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 7–15
0 "Pages in Product Part": Type in "16".
4. "Master Pages": Set the values as shown in the graphicbelow.
5. "Binding methods":
0 "Automatic placement of print control marks": Setthe options for cut, folding and collating marks.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 144/363
Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling ABC
7–16 Edition August 2011
0 For the other parameters, leave the defaults as
they are, as shown in the graphic below.
6. "Plates": Click the folder icon next to "List of SelectedPlates" and load the "SM102_Duosetter" plate tem-plate that you configured beforehand (see thesection Plate Template Configuration, page 7–10).
The plate template automatically sets the data for the"Width" and "Height" of the plate, the "Work Style"and the "Width" and "Height" of the paper.
Type a paper name in "Name", in our example,"Paper_Tiling_SM102".
Set the paper size as follows:
0 "Width": 1000
0 "Height": 700
Note: The paper size actually used is smaller than the
maximum paper size in the plate template. All the til-ing marks were set automatically in the plate tem-2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 145/363
ABC Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 7–17
plate relative to the paper (section Tips for the Tiling
Marks, page 7–30). For that reason, the positions of the tiling marks are automatically matched to the dif-ferent paper size. The sheet is tiled correctly.
Leave the defaults for "Grammage" and "Thickness" asthey are.
We will now give you two alternatives for setting thedata in "Paper Definition for Production":
0 Click the folder icon beside "Name" in "Paper Defi-nition for Production" and load a data set from the"Papers" resource. You must have created the dataset with the correct values with the Paper Editorbefore you create your job.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 146/363
Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling ABC
7–18 Edition August 2011
0 Click the folder icon beside "Width"/"Height" in
"Paper Definition for Production" and load a dataset from the "Page and Paper Sizes" resource. Youmust have created the data set with the correct
values with the Format Editor before you create your job.
7. "Schemes": Click the folder icon next to the list of schemes and load the scheme "F08-07_li_2x2" in"Schemes > Standard".
After that, the other parameters are automatically set.
Click "Automatic Gaps". You will see on the right of the graphic that the scheme is aligned symmetrically to the tiling lines.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 147/363
ABC Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 7–19
The scheme looks something like this:
8. Exit the Job Assistant.
Assigning Contents
In our example, we will use the PDF file"HD_Stadt_dt_engl.pdf".
1. Import this file with "File > Import > Documents".
2. Go to the "Contents" tab in the Browser window.
3. Click "HD_Stadt_dt_engl.pdf" and drag-and-drop it tothe first page in the press sheet view.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 148/363
Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling ABC
7–20 Edition August 2011
As a result, the first 16 pages of the PDF document are
assigned to the page placeholders.
Print Job
The job is ready to be output to the imagesetter. Toprint the job, proceed as follows:
1. Click "File > Print Job".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 149/363
ABC Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 7–21
2. The graphic below shows the print job dialog.
Click the folder icon in "Output Parameter Set" and
load the output parameter set for tiling ("DuosetterPDF Output") that you defined beforehand (see thesection Output Parameter Set Configuration,page 7–5).
You can influence the output of your job with the fol-lowing parameters:
0 "Edit": This opens the Output Parameter Set Edi-tor. You can modify the data of the output param-
eter set specifically for the output of this job inthis editor. The modified output parameter set issaved with the job and can be used several times.
0 "Tile List": This is where you set which tiles will beprinted. The output of all the tiles is set by default.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 150/363
Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling ABC
7–22 Edition August 2011
3. You can view your job on your monitor with "View".
All the tiles selected in the press sheet and tile list aredisplayed.
The graphic below lets you see the "TilingRegister"and "TilingText" marks close-up.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 151/363
ABC Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 7–23
0 "TilingRegister" mark: Each corner on a press sheet
tile has two tiling register marks. These marksmark the border between 1up and extra space("Extra space", see "Output Parameter Set Editor >Options > Tiling > Extra space" or thesection "Options" Tab, page 7–7).
The registration marks each have two lines. Thecorner point of the 1up is exactly the point wherethe lines intersect. To illustrate this, a vertical anda horizontal broken line was added to the graphic.
You can also see that the tiling text mark is in theextra space.
0 "TilingText" mark: The tiling text mark is found inthe extra space. It includes the tile number to beable to identify the tile.
4. Return to the print job dialog after you have checkedthe job.
5. Click "Print" to print the job to the folder that you setbeforehand (see the section "General" Tab, page 7–6).
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 152/363
Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling ABC
7–24 Edition August 2011
Example 2: Tiling with a plate size that is unknown
See the section Preliminary Remarks and Require-ments for Examples 1 and 2, page 7–1.
In this example, let's assume that it's not clear whichpress will be used for output. As a result, the plate sizeis also unknown. See the section What is Tiled: thePlate Size or the Paper Size?, page 7–1.
You can use most of the steps from example 1 in this
case as well. Example 2 is different from example 1only in the following items:
0 Plate template configuration:
0 The plate size is selected exactly as big as thepaper size. The outer edges of the tiles are thenidentical to the edges of the paper. This meansthat the paper size that will be tiled is known.
0 Only two tiling marks will be set that will tilethe sheet into four parts.
The four framing tiling lines from example 1can be left out because the paper size that willbe tiled is identical to the plate size. The edgesof the plate then determine where imaging of the tiles starts.
0 The new plate template is assigned while creating
the job in example 2. All other steps are identical to those in example 1,and accordingly reference is made to thesection Example 1: Tiling with a plate size that isknown, page 7–4 in the text which follows.
Filmsetter Configuration
See the section Filmsetter Configuration, page 7–4.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 153/363
ABC Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 7–25
Output Parameter Set Configuration
See the section Output Parameter Set Configuration,page 7–5.
Plate Template Configuration
The tiling marks are set on the plate template in ourexample.
1. Open with "Jobs & Resources > Plate Templates".
2. Right-click "Plate Templates" and create a new groupnamed, in this example, "Plate Templates for Tiling".
3. Right-click the new group name and select "New PlateTemplate". This opens the Plate Template Editor (seethe Reference manual for a description).
"Plate Template" Tab
4. Type the name of the plate template in "Name", in ourexample, "UnknownPress_Duosetter".
5. Enter a plate size that matches the paper size in "PlateDimension":
0 "Width": 1000
0 "Height": 700
The press remains "not specified".
6. Enter the following data in "Paper definitions":
0 "Max. paper width": 1000
0 "Max. paper height": 700
Set the other parameters to "0".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 154/363
Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling ABC
7–26 Edition August 2011
7. Click the folder icon beside "Output parameters" in
"Output". Load the "Duosetter PDF Output" set that you defined in the section Output Parameter Set Con-figuration, page 7–5 to this box.
This automatically sets the data in "Imaging Win-dow".
"Marks Resources" Tab
The tiling marks are now set on the plate template.
Unlike example 1, only the two tiling marks that tilethe sheet into four parts will be set.
8. Go to "Marks > Standard".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 155/363
ABC Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 7–27
9. Click the "TilingLine_Horizontal" mark and drag-and-
drop it to the center of the paper in the graphic. Makesure that the hotspot at the center of the mark snapsinto position above the reference point at the centerof the paper.
Repeat the same procedure for the"TilingLine_Vertical" mark.
You can see the red tiling lines and the green tilenumbers in the graphic below. The broken blue line
shows the imaging window of the Duosetter. As aresult you can also see optically that you have fourtiles for imaging.
10. Click "Save".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 156/363
Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling ABC
7–28 Edition August 2011
Creating a Job
1. Go to example 1 in the section Creating a Job,page 7–14 and do steps 1 thru 5.
Afterwards, you resume from here:
2. "Plates": Click the folder icon next to "List of SelectedPlates" and load the "UnknownPress_Duosetter" platetemplate that you configured beforehand (see thesection Plate Template Configuration, page 7–25).
The plate template automatically sets the data for the"Width" and "Height" of the plate, the "Work Style"and the "Width" and "Height" of the paper.
Type a paper name in "Name", in our example,"Paper_Tiling".
Leave the defaults for "Grammage" and "Thickness" asthey are.
3. "Schemes": Click the folder icon next to the list of schemes and load the scheme "F08-07_li_2x2" in"Schemes > Standard".
After that, the other parameters are automatically set.
Click "Automatic Gaps". You will see on the right of the graphic that the scheme is aligned symmetrically to the tiling lines.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 157/363
ABC Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 7–29
The scheme looks something like this:
4. Exit the Job Assistant.
Assigning Contents
See the section Assigning Contents, page 7–29.
Print Job
See the section Print Job, page 7–20.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 158/363
Examples for Job Creation and Output with Tiling ABC
7–30 Edition August 2011
Tips for the Tiling Marks
0 The "TilingLine_Horizontal" and"TilingLine_Vertical" marks automatically have"Paper" as their parent as tiling will not work if they don't.
0 The "TilingRegister" and "TilingText" marks are setautomatically in the extra space.
0 In tiling, the start of imaging can be defined by
setting the "TilingLine_Horizontal" and"TilingLine_Vertical" lines (see the section What isTiled: the Plate Size or the Paper Size?, page 7–1):
a) The outer tiling line is within the paper: In thiscase, the plate defines the start of imaging. The til-ing line tiles the sheet and the appropriate tilenumbers are displayed.
b) The outer tiling line is outside the paper or at
the start of it: In this case, imaging starts at theposition of the tiling line. The sheet is not dividedby this tiling line.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 159/363
ABC Example of the Packaging Pro Option
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 8–1
8 Example of the Packaging Pro Option
Packaging Pro Option
Enhanced functionalities for packaging printing havebeen implemented in Prinect Signa Station 11.0. You
will find more details about this in the Online Helps(F1 key) of Prinect Signa Station 11.0 and PrinectSigna Station Packaging Pro 11.0.
This purchase option lets you perform the followingactions:
0
Import of different CAD and vector graphics for-mats. This lets you work with package designs pre-pared by other external CAD systems
0 Export to different CAD file formats in order tosend them to the toolmakers such as cutting die,stripping die, counter-plate, sample-making andsimilar manufacturers.
0 Generation of PDF 3D models that you can open
and view in Acrobat as of version 9.0. A PDF 3D document contains interactive elementsthat you can use to control the 3D view.In Prinect Signa Station as of version 10.0, you canopen the format for all 1ups by double-clickingthe Acrobat icon.
0 preparation of specific data for Heidelberg folder-gluer machines
0 Generation and editing of clip paths with allapplicable options
0 Resolving of clip path conflicts with various toolsthat always let you find the best solution
0 Correction of faulty 1ups through automaticdetection of the required transformations andmodification of the relevant objects
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 160/363
Example of the Packaging Pro Option ABC
8–2 Edition August 2011
0 Recovery of unstructured layouts by automatically
recognizing or manually defining 1ups
Job Description
We will now give you a brief description of how youcan work fast and efficiently with the new option:
0 To create a folded box with existing CFF2 data
Creating a Job with the Job Assistant
1. Start the Job Assistant with "File > New...".
2. "Job Data": Type in your job data.
3. "Product Part Definition": Select the "Packaging"mode.
4. "Plate":
0 Select the standard plate template "CD74" and thesettings shown in the screenshot below:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 161/363
ABC Example of the Packaging Pro Option
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 8–3
5. Click the right arrow button to go to the "Cutting Die(CFF2)" dialog. This is where you can load the CFF2 filethat is needed.
6. The "Same Content for All" function must be enabled
in "Cutting Die File and Main Settings".
7. Open the "Packaging Pro" option by clicking the but-ton highlighted by a frame shown below.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 162/363
Example of the Packaging Pro Option ABC
8–4 Edition August 2011
8. Confirm the next window with "OK".
9. The following dialog displays:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 163/363
ABC Example of the Packaging Pro Option
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 8–5
The layout view of the "Packaging Pro" option dis-plays. The layout view is highlighted by a blue symbolin the tab.
10. The relevant 1up view displays when you click theright tab.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 164/363
Example of the Packaging Pro Option ABC
8–6 Edition August 2011
Actual editing of the CFF2 file is done in the 1up win-dow. However, no editing is necessary in our example.
Close the window with "OK" to write back any changesto Prinect Signa Station.
The following Prinect Signa Station view displays:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 165/363
ABC Example of the Packaging Pro Option
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 8–7
11. You can save the job in Prinect Signa Station with"File > Save".
12. You can now assign the PDF files to the cutting die(front and back) in the Browser window. The graphic
window displays as follows:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 166/363
Example of the Packaging Pro Option ABC
8–8 Edition August 2011
Front
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 167/363
ABC Example of the Packaging Pro Option
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 8–9
Back
13. You can save the job in Prinect Signa Station with"File > Save" and then output it.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 168/363
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 169/363
ABC Examples of Sheet Optimization
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 9–1
9 Examples of Sheet Optimization
Prerequisites
Read the chapter "Sheet Optimization" in the Refer-ence manual. This explains the fundamental con-cepts of this function which you need to understandthe following examples.
Example 1
In this example of sheet optimization, our goals are
as follows:
0 Assembly blocks of the same kind will be posi-tioned together if possible.
0 Sheet usage will be as great as possible.
0 We want to use only a few simple steps.
The unit of measure in this example is "mm".
What You Must Do First
You have bought the option for sheet optimizationand enabled it.
1. You must set the "Sheet Optimizer" option in the "Pri-nect Signa Station Option Chooser" dialog. Proceed asfollows to go to the dialog:
0 Prinect Signa Station launches the first time andthe dialog displays automatically.
0 Go to "File > Preferences" > "Option Chooser" tab.Click the "Sheet Optimizer" option.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 170/363
Examples of Sheet Optimization ABC
9–2 Edition August 2011
Creating a Job with the Job Assistant
1. Start the Job Assistant. The descriptions below dealonly with sheet optimization or settings that are rele-
vant for this example. In all other cases, set up yourdata to suit your needs.
2. "Product Part Definition": Select the "Montage" work mode.
3. Enable "Sheet Optimization on" in "Montage ModeSpecification".
4. "Plate":
0 Select the standard plate "SM102".
0 In "Paper Definition for Production", set yourpaper parameters as follows:
0 "Width": 1,000 mm
0 "Height": 700 mm
0 "Grammage": 70,0
0 "Thickness": 0.1 mm
(Generally, you probably use predefined paperdata sets that you can load with the folder iconbeside the "Name" box.)
5. "Assembly Blocks": Create an assembly block for each
1up. The 1up (master label) is the one you will makecopies of. The lay edge of all the master labels on thepress sheet is the bottom left.
When the job is finished, you can also create the mas-ter labels in the Folding Sheet/Assembly Block Inspec-tor.
The order in which the labels are created defines thedefault priority. For that reason, you should take into
account the following criteria:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 171/363
ABC Examples of Sheet Optimization
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 9–3
0 Handle same-sized master labels together when
you are creating labels. The default priority orderis then not disrupted. As a result, the same-sizedmaster labels are also positioned together. In this
way, you always have good paper and sheet usage.
However, you can also change the priority at any time later on.
0 Keep the size of the master labels in mind. Forpaper and sheet usage, it is better if the larger
master labels are placed more to the left.0 Remember the requested number of 1ups. For a
large number of same-sized master labels, you canget more out of your paper and sheet usage by placing such labels more to the left.
In our example, we will use 12 master labels (seetable). They were created following the above criteria:
0
RE-1 to RE-4: Master labels sized 99 x 94 mm. Youhave a large number of labels compared to the big-ger master labels RE-5 and RE-6.
0 RE-5 to RE-7: Master labels RE-5 and RE-6 are pro-duced in relatively small numbers. Compared tothe group above, they are lower down on the pri-ority scale.
0 BE-8 to BE-12: Master labels sized 84 x 42 mm.
This means that you will create the following 12 mas-ter labels for our example. Use the name and size of the labels and the order in which they are created as
well as the required number of copies. Leave thedefaults of all other parameters as they are.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 172/363
Examples of Sheet Optimization ABC
9–4 Edition August 2011
After the master labels are entered, you go to thePress Sheet Inspector to finish the setup of sheet opti-mization and for its implementation.
6. Exit the Job Assistant.
Sheet Optimization in the Press Sheet Inspector
Automatic Optimization
7. Go to the Press Sheet Inspector > "Press Sheet" tab.
8. Set the margins in "Sheet Optimization" as follows:
0
"Margin left / right": 0.0 mm
Designation Size(mm) PriorityNumber of Cop-
ies
RE-1 99 x 94 10 400.000
RE-2 99 x 94 20 100.000
RE-3 99 x 94 30 162.000
RE-4 99 x 94 40 52.000
RE-5 129 x 99 50 20.000RE-6 113 x 52 60 20.000
RE-7 95 x 90 70 100.000
BE-8 84 x 42 80 30.000
BE-9 84 x 42 90 125.000
BE-10 84 x 42 100 150.000
BE-11 84 x 42 110 34.000
BE-12 84 x 42 120 550.000
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 173/363
ABC Examples of Sheet Optimization
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 9–5
0 "Margin bottom / top": 10.0 mm / 16.0 mm
9. Click "Vertical" beside "Optimize".
You will see the results of automatic optimization atthe following places:
0 In the graphic window, you will see how the 1upsare positioned on the press sheet.
0 "Paper Usage": 78,63 %. This is the paper usage inall the press sheets with the total number of 1ups.
0 "Per Sheet": 81,65 %. This is the paper usage persheet with the total number of 1ups you really have. This value is greater than that of paper usagebecause the surplus 1ups are also included in thiscalculation.
0 "Print Quantity": 20.000
0 View the following columns in the list window >
"Folding Sheet" tab: "No.", "Name", "Size", "1upCount" and "Surplus".
This table shows you the number of 1ups and therequired surplus in numbers and as a percentagefor every master label.
Generally, you must think of the first, automaticoptimization run as a suggestion that you can cus-tomize to meet your requirements (see the
section Manual Optimization, page 9–5).
Manual Optimization
More background information can also be found inthe "Manual Optimization" section in the Referencemanual.
You define all your settings in the Press Sheet Inspec-tor > "Press Sheet" tab.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 174/363
Examples of Sheet Optimization ABC
9–6 Edition August 2011
In our example, our goals are:
0 1ups of the same kind will be positioned togetherif possible.
0 Sheet usage will be as great as possible. As a result,some 1ups will be produced with a deliberate sur-plus.
0 We want to use only a few simple steps.
We start out with a sheet usage of 81.65 % ("Per
Sheet"). The 1ups are positioned as follows:
0 For 1ups RE-1, RE-2, RE-3 and BE-9, we will set adeliberate surplus. This gives you a higher sheetusage. In addition, by changing the priority (see
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 175/363
ABC Examples of Sheet Optimization
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 9–7
item below), you have a layout where the group-
ing of identical 1ups is good.0 If you want cutting to be easy later on, then you
can try to arrange the 1ups by size in three verticalblocks. In this case, the 1ups would be grouped asfollows (as when creating master labels):
0 RE-1 to RE-4: 1ups sized 99 x 94 mm.
0 RE-5 to RE-7: The size of each of these 1ups only occurs once in our example.
0 BE-8 to BE-12: 1ups sized 84 x 42 mm.
To achieve this, we will raise the priorities of 1upsBE-8 and BE-9. These 1ups are then positioned onthe extreme right.
Proceed as follows:
1. Set priorities:
The priority is included both in automatic and inmanual optimization. In manual optimization, thisoccurs when you enter new data in the "Per PressSheet" box and go to a different box with a mouseclick or the Tab key. You should give some thought tothe priorities you set already before the first, auto-matic optimization run.
During automatic optimization, all manual changes
or corrections regarding the positions and number of 1ups per press sheet are always rejected. For that rea-son, you must make any changes you want for auto-matic optimization first.
0 Select master label BE-8. You can select masterlabels at the following points in the application:
0 Inspectors window > Press Sheet Inspector >"Press Sheet" tab > Folding Sheet/Assembly Block List.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 176/363
Examples of Sheet Optimization ABC
9–8 Edition August 2011
0 Browser > Product Parts > Assembly Blocks
0 (Graphic window: If you already optimized your 1ups, you will not see which 1up is themaster label. That's why selecting the label inthe graphic window is not best).
0 Go to the "Priority" box and raise priority from "80"to "130".
0 Proceed exactly the same way for master label BE-9 and set priority to "140".
0 The layout is matched automatically.
The layout then looks something like this:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 177/363
ABC Examples of Sheet Optimization
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 9–9
2. Set deliberate surpluses:
0 Select master label RE-1.
0 In "Per Press Sheet", change the number from "20"to "21".
0 Go to a different box with a mouse click or the Tabkey. This starts the function.
The 1ups are re-positioned, and the new value forsheet usage is calculated.
0 Do the same with the following master labels:
0 RE-2: Raise from "5" to "7".
0 RE-3: Raise from "9" to "11".
0 RE-6: Raise from "1" to "2".
0 BE-9: Raise from "7" to "8".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 178/363
Examples of Sheet Optimization ABC
9–10 Edition August 2011
The layout then looks something like this:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 179/363
ABC Examples of Sheet Optimization
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 9–11
Example 2
In this example of sheet optimization, we wish toshow you how you can reduce the print volume andthus increase paper usage. In addition, we will show
you manual positioning of selected assembly blocks.
1. Perform all steps from example 1 up to step 9 in thesection Automatic Optimization, page 9–4.
We are now at the point where you have gone
through the first, automatic optimization and wantto begin with manual optimization.
In the list window > "Folding Sheet" tab, you will seein the "Surplus" column that master labels RE-1, RE-2,RE-5, RE-6 and RE-7 don't have any surplus. To reducethe print volume, you must increase the number of copies per sheet for these master labels. If you don't,
you will not get the numbers you want.
In this case, we will also increase the copies of masterlabels BE-10 and BE-12. This improves sheet usage.
2. Select master label RE-1.
0 In "Per Press Sheet", change the number from "20"to "21".
0 Go to a different box with a mouse click or the Tabkey. This triggers the function.
0 Do the same with the following master labels:
0 RE-2: Raise from "5" to "6".
0 RE-5: Raise from "1" to "2".
0 RE-6: Raise from "1" to "2".
0 RE-7: Raise from "5" to "6".
0 BE-9: Raise from "8" to "9".
0 BE-12: Raise from "28" to "30".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 180/363
Examples of Sheet Optimization ABC
9–12 Edition August 2011
Afterwards, the layout looks something like this:
The newly calculated values are as follows:
0 "Print Quantity": 19.500
0 "Paper Usage": 80,65 %
0 "Per Sheet": 89.7 % (sheet usage)
3. You can now reduce the print volume even furthermanually. You will see this from the surplus values inthe "Surplus" column in the list window > "FoldingSheet" tab.
0 Go to "Print Volume" and type in "19100".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 181/363
ABC Examples of Sheet Optimization
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 9–13
0 Go to a different box with a mouse click or the Tab
key. This triggers the function.0 Check the surplus values in the "Surplus" column
in the list window > "Folding Sheet" tab. You canproduce the required total number of 1ups withthe reduced print volume if there are no negative
values in this column.
You will see that paper usage has improved to 82.34%.
4. You can now further improve the layout for cuttingby manually moving 1ups RE-7 and BE-8.
All RE-7 1ups are to lie flush with RE-3 1ups along thetop margin. The BE-8 1ups are moved down. We willmove the labels by entering the coordinates. All thecoordinates always refer to the bottom left corner of the 1ups.
Proceed as follows:
0 First let's move the left group of three RE-7 1upsupwards. To do this, we need the new Y coordinatefor this block.
Select the top right RE-3 1up (1up 44) (as can beseen in the graphic above). "Position X" shows"507.5". "Position Y" shows "573.98".
The Y coordinate needed for the group of 3 is cal-
culated as follows: Y(new) =: Y(1up 44) + (height of RE-3) - (3 * height of RE-7)
0 Select the three left RE-7 1ups.
0 Make use of the fact that "Position Y" does themaths for you. Enter the Y value for the group of 3
you want to move as follows: 573,98 + 94 - 3*90
The new value is 397.98.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 182/363
Examples of Sheet Optimization ABC
9–14 Edition August 2011
The three 1ups lie flush with the RE-3 1ups along
the top margin.0 Select the BE-8 1ups and drag them slightly to the
side. We need room here to move the secondgroup of three RE-7 1ups upwards.
0 Now the second group of three RE-7 1ups is to bemoved upwards. We've already calculated the Y coordinate: 397,98.
The X coordinate needed for the group of 3 is cal-culated as follows:
X(new) = X(1up 44) + (width of RE-7).
Select the second group of three RE-7 1ups.
0 In "Position X", enter the X value for the group of 3 you want to move as follows: 507,5 + 95.
The new X value is 602.5.
0 In "Position Y", type in the Y value of "397.98".
The three 1ups are moved up.
0 Now you are going to move the BE-8 1ups below the RE-7 1ups. You can do this by entering thecoordinates as described above.
We will now show you how to move the labels of this example using snap lines.
0 Create a horizontal and a vertical snap line that isflush with the 1up margins as shown in the nextgraphic.
0 To do this, press the command key, click the top orleft ruler with the mouse and drag the blue snapline to the press sheet holding down the mousebutton.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 183/363
ABC Examples of Sheet Optimization
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 9–15
0 Select the two BE-8 1ups. Press the command key,
click the first 1up and drag it, holding down themouse button, over all the 1ups to be selected.
0 Go to the yellow margin of a 1up with the mousecursor. The mouse cursor changes to a hand cur-sor.
0 Move the selected 1ups to the snap lines as shownin the graphic below.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 184/363
Examples of Sheet Optimization ABC
9–16 Edition August 2011
0 This concludes placement of the 1ups. Now you
still have to fit the marks and bleeds. Right-click the press sheet and then select "Fit Marks andBleeds" from the context-sensitive menu.
The whole layout then looks something like this:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 185/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–1
10 Example of Versioning
Versioning
You can use versioning if you are going to use one jobto create different versions of a product, for example,language versions of a book.
Versions are formed by combining unvarying parts(base) with parts that vary from version to version(versions). In a book that is printed in several lan-guages, the images could be the base and the texts the
versions.
You can use printing plates that reproduce the basefor each version you print. In this way, a clever use of
versioning lets you save on
0 Printing plates
0 Plate change and
0 Waste sheets.
Versioning of Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG isbased on two mechanisms:
0 Mechanism 1: Layers
Layers are produced for the components that stay the same and for those that change. The suitablelayers are then superimposed to make up one ver-sion.
For example, images can form a base layer and youcan combine it with the layers of the different lan-guage texts.
0 Mechanism 2: Press Sheet Variants
Several folding sheets can be on one press sheet. You can assign another version to each foldingsheet. It is also possible to assign different versionsto the single page positions.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 186/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–2 Edition August 2011
You can create several variants of one press sheet,
whose only difference is that different versions areassigned to their folding sheets (or page positions). Apart from that, the variants do not differ.
This method is similar to a 1up optimization. Yougo by the quantity of the single versions when youcombine the versions on the press sheet variants.In doing so, you try to optimize the quantities of the single press sheet variants and minimize thesurplus of each version.
Job Description
The job is a catalog for emergency lighting that wasprinted in six languages. A customer kindly placedthe job data used in the example at the disposal of Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG.
The following example is based on existing resourcesand shows you the wide range of options that the"Versioning" functionality offers.
0 Product: Catalog for emergency lighting
0 Press: XL 105 6, plate size 1055 x 811mm
0 Imagesetter: Suprasetter
0 Languages / quantities: (master version is NL)
LanguagesQuanti-ties
NL (Dutch): Master language! 8.400
FR (French) 2.200
EN (English) 2.200
PT (Portuguese) 300
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 187/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–3
0 Other job features:
ES (Spanish) 1.000
SV (Swedish) 800
Total quantity: 14.900
Cover Body
Input docu-ments
not separated (composite) separated
Page format 510 x 297 mm, with trim box 210 x 297 mm (A4), with trim box
Number of Pages
1 76
Page Posi-tions
3 page positions:2 A4 pages + 1 flap (85 mm)For details, see the section Cover: PagePositions, page 10–4.
76 page positions
Colors Primary colors: CMYK Version color: Pantone 347 C
Point to note: PT has a different baselayer to the other languages (there is adealer logo in CMYK). For details, seethe section Cover and Body: Colors andPrinting Operations, page 10–15.
Primary colors: CMYK Version color: Text (K
as 5th separation)
Papers used:(MDS import)
Brand name: Sulfaat carton Brand name: MegaSilk
Languages
Quanti-
ties
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 188/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–4 Edition August 2011
Cover: Page Positions
There is a cover page 1, for which we will use ascheme with three page positions plus spine (two A4pages 2, 5mm spine 3, a flap 4).
We will only use page position C_1, i.e. the flap, forpositioning of the cover page.
24 3
1
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 189/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–5
Prinect Signa Station provides you with an automatic
function for this case: You can define the flap as a sin-gle page for the folding sheet. It is then automatically dimensioned to fit perfectly when it overlaps theother two page positions including bleed.
In this case the system calculates the followingdimensions:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 190/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–6 Edition August 2011
Overlap 5: 427.5 mm = 210 mm + 5 mm + 210 mm + 2.5
mm.
2.5 mm
85 mm 210 mm
427.5 mm 5
A4 pageFlap
510 mm: Width of the cover page
210 mm
A4 page
2.5 mm5 mm
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 191/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–7
Cover: Press Sheets and Language Versions
Cover: Setup of the Press Sheet
We have one press sheet (press sheet 1) and one fold-ing sheet (folding sheet 1) for the cover:
Press sheet 1: Work-and-turn
Folding sheet 1 will be placed three times on presssheet 1:
Front and back for press sheet 1
Cover: Distribution of Language Versions
A language version will be assigned to each foldingsheet later. The following distribution on three presssheet variants is best for this example:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 192/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–8 Edition August 2011
Overview: Distribution of the press sheet variants for the
cover
0 Press sheet variant 1 with a press sheet quantity of 2,200: Because they have the same quantity, ENand FR should be on one press sheet variant. Thethird folding sheet should have NL because of itshigh quantity.
This means that 6200 copies still remain for NL:
8.400 - 2.200 = 6.200.
0 Press sheet variant 2 with a press sheet quantity of 2,067: The remaining NL copies are distributed on
this press sheet variant:
6.200 / 3 = 2.067.
0 Press sheet variant 3 with a press sheet quantity of 1,000: The remaining languages (PT, ES, SV) aredistributed on this press sheet variant. The presssheet quantity goes by the largest number of cop-ies for ES (1000).
Press SheetVariants
FoldingSheets
PressSheetQuantity
PrintedNumber of Copies
Required Numberof Copies Surplus
Variant 01: NL: 1FR: 1
EN: 1
2.200 2.2002.200
2.200
8.4002.200
2.200
00
0
Variant 02: NL: 3 2067 6201 8.400 1
Variant 03: PT: 1ES: 1SV: 1
1000 1.0001.0001.000
3001.000800
7000200
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 193/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–9
Body: Press Sheets and Language Versions
Body: Setup of the Press Sheets
See also the graphics below.
The 76-page body will be structured with three presssheet types as follows:
0 Press sheet type 1:
=> Work Style: Sheetwise (front and back)
=> 8up folding sheet (16 pages)
With 76 pages, we have four press sheets of thistype with a total of 64 pages (4 * 16 pages).
In this example, these will be press sheets 2, 3, 4and 7 later. (The order of the press sheets will beset optimally later for bookbinding, see also thesection Body and Cover: Overview of All Press
Sheets and Page Positions, page 10–14.)The missing 12 pages will be made available withthe following two press sheets:
0 Press sheet type 2:
=> Work Style: Work-and-turn
=> 4up folding sheet (8 pages)
This press sheet produces eight pages. Because of work-and-turn, we have the same eight pagestwice, meaning that the press sheet quantity canbe halved for this press sheet.
In this example, this will be press sheet 6 later.
0 Press sheet type 3:
=> Work Style: Work-and-turn
0
=> 2up folding sheet (4 pages)
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 194/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–10 Edition August 2011
This press sheet produces four pages. The 2up fold-
ing sheet fits twice on the front. If work-and-turnis used, we have the same four pages four times,meaning that the press sheet quantity can bequartered for this press sheet.
For versioning, you have two folding sheets on onepress sheets, and you can assign a different lan-guage to each one.
In this example, this will be press sheet 5 later.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 195/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–11
Front and back for 8up
Front and back for 4up
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 196/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–12 Edition August 2011
Front and back for 2up
Body: Distribution of Language Versions
0 8up press sheets: For the 8up, a press sheet variantis created for every version.
Overview: Breakdown of the 8up press sheet variants
Press SheetVariants
FoldingSheets
PressSheetQuantity
Printed Numberof Copies
RequiredNumber of Copies Surplus
Variant 01: NL: 1 8.400 8.400 8.400 0
Variant 02: FR: 1 2.200 2.200 2.200 0
Variant 03: EN: 1 2.200 2.200 2.200 0
Variant 04: PT: 1 300 300 300 0
Variant 05: ES: 1 1.000 1.000 1.000 0
Variant 06: SV: 1 800 800 800 0
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 197/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–13
0 4up press sheet: For the 4up, a press sheet variant
is created for every version. The press sheet quan-tity is halved
Overview: Breakdown of the 4up press sheet variants
0 2up press sheet: Because the 2up press sheet hastwo folding sheets, you can combine two versionson one press sheet variant using the foldingsheets. The press sheet quantity is halved or quar-tered.
Overview: Breakdown of the 2up press sheet variants
Press SheetVariants
FoldingSheets
PressSheetQuantity
Printed Num-ber of Copies
RequiredNumber of Copies
Sur-plus
Variant 01: NL: 1 4.200 8.400 8.400 0 Variant 02: FR: 1 1.100 2.200 2.200 0
Variant 03: EN: 1 1.100 2.200 2.200 0
Variant 04: PT: 1 150 300 300 0
Variant 04: ES: 1 500 1.000 1.000 0
Variant 05: SV: 1 400 800 800 0
Press SheetVariants
FoldingSheets
PressSheetQuantity
Printed Num-ber of Copies
RequiredNumber of Copies Surplus
Variant 01: NL: 2 2.100 8.400 8.400 0
Variant 02: EN: 1FR: 1
1.100 2.2002.200
2.2002.200
00
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 198/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–14 Edition August 2011
Body and Cover: Overview of All Press Sheets and Page Positions
As a better guide, you will find below the actualarrangement of the press sheets for our example.
Prinect Signa Station has a function that helps yougroup the folding sheets optimally for bookbinding.The resulting order of the press sheets with theirpage numbers is shown below.
0 Cover
Press sheet 1: Page Positions 1-3
0 Body
Press sheet 2: 8up, page positions 1 - 16Press sheet 3: 8up, page positions 17 - 32Press sheet 4: 8up, page positions 33 - 52Press sheet 5: 2up, page positions 41 - 44Press sheet 6: 4up, page positions 53 - 60Press sheet 7: 8up, page positions 61 - 76
Press sheet 5 (2up) is tucked into press sheet 4 (8up).This means the two are combined to one group with20 pages (page 33 - 52). The sheets in a group arebound, and the bound sheets of the single groups areglued. See also section Grouping of the FoldingSheets, page 10–42.
Variant 03: PT: 1SV: 1
400 800800
300800
5000
Variant 04: ES: 2 250 1.000 1.000 0
Press SheetVariants
FoldingSheets
Press
SheetQuantity
Printed Num-ber of Copies
Required
Number of Copies Surplus
Variant 01: NL: 2 2.100 8.400 8.400 0
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 199/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–15
Cover and Body: Colors and Printing Operations
The cover of language version PT has a different baseto all the other language versions. For that reason, itis not advisable to split the data into a base and a ver-sion.
Nevertheless we can version manually between thefirst and the second press sheet variant. In this case,
you must change the Pantone 347 C plate.
Between the second and third press sheet variant, youmust change all the plates because PT is on presssheet variant 3 and has a different base.
The procedure is as follows:
Printing Operations Press Sheet Variants Base: CMYK
Version:Pantone
347 C
Printing operation 1 Press sheet variant 1NL, FR, EN
New New
Printing operation 2 Press sheet variant 2NL, NL, NL
stays as is changed
Printing operation 3 Press sheet variant 3SV, PT, ES
changed changed
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 200/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–16 Edition August 2011
Overview of the number of plates used
Press SheetsPress Sheet
VariantsPrinting Operations and
Exchange Plates
TotalPrintingPlates
Press sheet 1Front Version 1
Version 2 Version 3
5 (CMYK + Pantone 347 C)1 (Pantone 347 C)5 (CMYK + Pantone 347 C)
11
Press sheet 2 (8-up)Front
Back
Version 1 Version 2 Version 3 Version 4 Version 5 Version 6
Version 1 Version 2 Version 3 Version 4 Version 5 Version 6
5 (CMYK + Text)1 (Text)1 (Text)1 (Text)1 (Text)1 (Text)
5 (CMYK + Text)1 (Text)1 (Text)1 (Text)1 (Text)1 (Text)
20
Press sheet 3 (8-up) See press sheet 2 20
Press sheet 4 (8-up) See press sheet 2 20
Press sheet 5 (2-up)Front Version 1
Version 2 Version 3 Version 4
5 (CMYK + Text)1 (Text)1 (Text)1 (Text)
8
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 201/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–17
Setup of the Resources
The following resources are available for the example
described above:
0 Scheme for the cover "F06-05_ui_3x1_NOOD"
0 Color control bar "CS_4-6" (combi mark)
0 Plate template "XL105_Versioning"
0 Paper from an existing MDS
Create Cover Product Part
1. Start the Job Assistant ("File > New").
"Job Assistant > Job Data": Set Layers and Language Versions
2. "Number of Layers" 1: Type "7".
We need the language-independent layer Base plus six
more layers, one for each language.
Press sheet 6 (4-up)Front Version 1
Version 2 Version 3 Version 4 Version 5
Version 6
5 (CMYK + Text)1 (Text)1 (Text)1 (Text)1 (Text)
1 (Text)
10
Press sheet 7 (8-up) See press sheet 2 20
Total: 109
Press SheetsPress Sheet
VariantsPrinting Operations and
Exchange Plates
Total
PrintingPlates
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 202/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–18 Edition August 2011
3. Click the editor icon shown beside and enter the fol-
lowing layer names in the editor for layer names 2
:
The program interprets the first layer always as thebase layer. For that reason, we will call the first layer Base.
(You can also set the layer names by default in "Files >Preferences > Names".)
4. "Versions" 3: (The new procedure for versioning willbe used if you enter a value greater than "1". If youdon't, the old method is used, and the new functions
do not appear in the user interface.)
1
3
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 203/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–19
Type "6".
We need six versions for our six languages.
5. Click the editor icon beside the boxes.
In the "Version Editor" you can assign layers to each version as you want.
6. By default, versions with two layers are always gener-ated automatically. In this process, the first layer( Base) is combined with the other layer 4.
Consequently, we get six language versions for our
example as follows:Language version NL: NL + Base
Language version FR: FR + Base
etc.
(You can restore the default automatic assignment with "AutoDefine Versions" if you added or removedlayers manually.)
4
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 204/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–20 Edition August 2011
Cover: "Job Assistant > Product Part Definition
7. Set the parameters as follows:
0 "Name": Cover 1
0 "Work Mode": "Imposition" 2
0 "Page Total": 3 3
(8.) We will change the page names for a better overview of our work: 4
Mark all the pages, display the context-sensitivemenu and enter the new name, e.g. "C_".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 205/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–21
Click "Apply". The pages are named as shown in the
graphic below:
1
2
3
4
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 206/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–22 Edition August 2011
Cover: "Job Assistant > Master Pages"
(For details, see the section Cover: Page Positions,page 10–4.)
9. "Types" 1: Select "several" (for several master pages).
10. A4 pages:
"Cur. Type" is set to "Left Pages".
The left master page defines the size of the A4 pages with "Width" = 210mm and "Height" = 297mm. (Theright master page automatically has the same dimen-sions as the left master page if you do not enter any data for it.)
"Bleed" 2: Set the page-related bleed to 2.5mm.
11. Flap:
"Cur. Type": Select "Special" 3 for the special masterpage.
"Special Maser Page" 4: Enter a name for the flap, e.g."Flap".
"Width": 85mm 5.
Tick the "Use custom values" and "Single Page for Fold-ing Sheet" options 6. By doing this, you set that theflap is the only page on the folding sheet and that itoverlaps the other two page positions perfectly.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 207/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–23
(5 mm spine is set later as the gap, see the
section Cover: "Job Assistant > Folding Schemes",page 10–28)
1 3
4
2
6
5
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 208/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–24 Edition August 2011
Cover: "Job Assistant > Binding Methods"
12. Select "Perfect Binding" 1.
"To folding sheets" must be selected in "Cut Block Assignment" 2.
1
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 209/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–25
Cover: "Job Assistant > Marks"
13. Select "Folding Sheet Label A" 1. Click "Choose" 2.
Now select the "PtR_Marks\PtR_Versioning_2008_FoldingSheet" mark 3 for the folding sheet label:
This mark identifies each folding sheet with its fold-ing sheet number and version name, for example, NL.This allows folding sheets with their different lan-guages to be still identified even after cutting.
In addition, set the folding sheet label to placeholder"X" 4 so that the mark is printed only in the versionand spot color "Pantone 347 C". This is important to
1
3
2
4
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 210/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–26 Edition August 2011
avoid the version names from becoming illegible
through overprinting as of the second press sheet variant.
Cover: "Job Assistant > Printing Plates"
14. Load the predefined plate template, in this example"XL105_Versioning" 1.
15. Work Style: "Single-sided" 2
16. "Sheet Variants": 3 3
We need three press sheet variants for the cover (seethe section Cover: Distribution of Language Versions,page 10–7).
After you enter the number of sheet variants, you willsee that this number also becomes part of the nameof the plate template.
17. Load the paper you intend to use for the cover fromthe MDS 4.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 211/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–27
To summarize our settings:
1
3
2
4
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 212/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–28 Edition August 2011
Cover: "Job Assistant > Folding Schemes"
18. Load the predefined "F06-05_ui_3x1_Nood" foldingscheme for the cover.
This is a derivation of the "F06-05_ui_3x1" standardscheme.
19. Assign the special master page "Flap" to layout posi-tion "C_1":
Click "Special Master Pages" 1 and in the dialog select
our master page "Flap" for layout position "C_1". Posi-tions "C_2" and "C_3" are to keep "Automatic" as theirmaster page.
Page positions C_2 and C_3 are light gray after youassigned "Flap" as the special master page. This meansthat these page positions are no longer presentedautomatically for page assignment, neither in thebase layer nor in the text layer. This is because of the
setup of the "Flap" special master page that is to over-lap page positions C_2 and C_3 as it is a single pagefor the folding sheet (see the section Cover: "Job Assis-tant > Master Pages", page 10–22).
Apart from that, see the section View in the Text PageLists, page 10–32.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 213/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–29
20. Enter the gaps 2 as shown below (with 5 mm spine).
21. Select "Press Sheet Layout" in the list box beside"Active Inspector Section" and enter 10 mm for thefolding sheet spacing.
22. Exit the Job Assistant.
1
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 214/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–30 Edition August 2011
Cover: Press Sheet Inspector: Assign Language Versions to the Folding Sheets
As already described in the section Cover: Distribu-tion of Language Versions, page 10–7, we will now assign languages to the folding sheets.
23. Go to the "Press Sheet Inspector > Press Sheet".
In the "Folding Sheet/Assembly Block List", you willsee two numbers before each item, e.g. "01: 1“ 1. Thefirst number refers to the press sheet variant, the sec-ond number to the folding sheet number.
24. To assign the language versions to the folding sheets,always proceed as follows:
a) Single folding sheets: Mark a folding sheet in thefolding sheet list. Select the version you want for thisfolding sheet in "Active Version" 2.
or
b) Click the icon beside it 3. A dialog displays where you can also assign several folding sheets at one go toa version.
Press sheet 01 has the following feature:
By default, further processing usually outputs allcolor separations for the first press sheet variant andonly the K separation for all other variants.
This defines at this point which language is the mas-ter version.
Because NL is to be the master version, the first fold-ing sheet of press sheet variant 01 must contain lan-guage version NL .
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 215/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–31
Assign the language versions to the folding sheets as
shown in the graphic below 4
.
1
2 3
4
5
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 216/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–32 Edition August 2011
Cover: Press Sheet Inspector: Exclude the Base Layer
As a general rule, exclusion of layers gives you a betteroverview of your work when assigning pages laterbecause these positions are no longer presented inthis case.
25. The base layer is excluded for all folding sheetsbecause all the cover pages contain text only.
"Include/Exclude Layers" list box 5 see above: Removethe tick from the "Base" layer in this list box.
Only the base is excluded for all variants of this presssheet.
View in the Text Page Lists
The excluded layers are light gray in the page lists 1.These positions are not available for page assignment.
Page list for a language layer (e.g. NL)
1
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 217/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–33
Cover: Press Sheet List
The press sheet list shows you again an overview of the layout of the cover.
0 Press sheet 1: "Work-and-turn" work style withthree press sheet variants.
Create "Body" Product Part
26. Right-click "Job" in the Browser window and select
"New Product Part" in the context-sensitive menu.
Body: "Job Assistant > Product Part Definition
27. Set the parameters as follows:
0 "Name": Body 1
0 "Work Mode": "Imposition" 2
0 "Page Total": 76 3
28. We will change the page names for a better overview of our work:
Mark the 76 pages, display the context-sensitive menuand enter a new name, e.g. "B_" 4.
29. We will change the start conditions for a better over- view of our work:
0
"First Press Sheet": 2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 218/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–34 Edition August 2011
0 "First Folding Sheet": 2 5
Numbering of the folding sheets and press sheets isthen consecutive for all product parts.
1
2
5
4
3
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 219/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–35
Body: "Job Assistant > Master Pages"
30. "Width": 210 mm; "Height": 297 mm.
31. "Page-related Bleed > Bleed": 2.5 mm.
Body: "Job Assistant > Binding Methods"
32. Select "Mixed Binding".
You must set this because you cannot group the fold-ing sheets optimally for bookbinding if you don't(section Grouping of the Folding Sheets, page 10–42).
"To folding sheets" must be selected in "Cut Block Assignment".
Body: "Job Assistant > Marks"
33. Select "Folding Sheet Label A" 1. Click "Choose" 2.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 220/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–36 Edition August 2011
Now select the "PtR_Marks\PtR_Versioning_2008_
FoldingSheet" mark 3
for the folding sheet label:
This mark identifies each folding sheet with its fold-ing sheet number and version name, for example, NL.This allows folding sheets with their different lan-guages to be still identified even after cutting.
In addition, set the folding sheet label to placeholder"X" 4 so that the mark is printed only in the versionand spot color "Text". This is important to avoid the
version names from becoming illegible through over-printing as of the second press sheet variant.
1
3
2
4
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 221/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–37
Body: "Job Assistant > Printing Plates"
(For details, see the section Body: Setup of the PressSheets, page 10–9.)
We need the following three different plate tem-plates:
34. Plate template 1: Load the predefined plate template,"XL105_Versioning" 1.
Set up:
0 "Sheet Variants": 6 2
0 "Work Style": "Sheetwise (front and back)" 3
0 Paper: Load "MEGA SILK" as the paper you intendto use for the body from the MDS 4.
Platetemplate 1 Plate template 2 Plate template 3
Resource XL105_Ver-sioning XL105_Versioning XL105_Versioning
Press Sheet Vari-ants
6 6 4
Work style Sheetwise(front and
back)
Work-and-turn Work-and-turn
Separating Gap - 10mm 10mm
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 222/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–38 Edition August 2011
Set up plate templates 2 and 3 likewise as specified in
the table above 5
.
1
4
2
3
5
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 223/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–39
Body: "Job Assistant > Folding Schemes" with Grouping for Bookbinding
Load all three folding schemes and assign to the plate templates
35. Select the "F16-06_dd_4x2" folding scheme 1.
36. Enter the gaps as follows: 2
1
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 224/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–40 Edition August 2011
37. Select the "F08-07_li_2x2" folding scheme as the sec-
ond scheme1
.38. Double-click the item in "Printing Plate" for this sec-
ond scheme and select plate template 2.
39. Enter the gaps as follows 2:
1
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 225/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–41
40. Select the "F04-01_ui_2x1" standard folding scheme
as the third scheme1
.41. Double-click the item in "Printing Plate" for this third
scheme and select plate template 3.
42. Enter the gaps as follows 2:
1
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 226/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–42 Edition August 2011
Grouping of the Folding Sheets
43. Select "All Folding Sheets" in the list box beside"Active Inspector Section" 1.
44. Select "Sort Folding Sheets for Bookbinding" in thecontext-sensitive menu 2.
1
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 227/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–43
45. Select "Create Group" in the context-sensitive menu 1.
1
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 228/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–44 Edition August 2011
46. The 8up and 2up sheet are grouped for bookbinding.
To do this, mark both sheets1
and select "CreateGroup" in the context-sensitive menu 2.
12
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 229/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–45
47. The graphic below shows you the correct grouping of
the sheets for bookbinding:
48. Exit the Job Assistant.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 230/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–46 Edition August 2011
Body: Press Sheet Inspector: Assign Language Versions to the Folding Sheets
As already described in the section Body: Distributionof Language Versions, page 10–12, we will now assign the language versions to all the folding sheets.
We will assign them press sheet by press sheet.
In this example, the folding sheets of press sheets 2, 3,4, 6 and 7 are already assigned correctly by default.(These press sheets have as many variants as there arelanguage versions. In such cases, each press sheet
variant will have a different version which will giveus a correct default.)
(49.) Go to the "Press Sheet Inspector > Press Sheet".
The graphic below shows an example of a default dis-tribution of the language versions 1 for press sheet 2 2.
Press sheets 2, 34, 6 and 7
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 231/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–47
2
1
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 232/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–48 Edition August 2011
50. Press sheet 5 has four variants, there is something
wrong with this preallocation.Select press sheet 5 in the Browser window 1.
To assign the language versions, proceed in the same way you did for press sheet 1 (see step 24), e.g. withthe "Assign Versions" dialog 2.
Press sheet 5
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 233/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–49
Assignment for press sheet 5 is now as shown below 3:
2
1
3
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 234/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–50 Edition August 2011
51. You have now finished creating the layout at Prinect
Signa Station.Click "File > Save" to save your job.
Body: Press Sheet List
The press sheet list shows you again an overview of the layout of the body. Each row shows a press sheet
with its variants.
0 Press sheets 2, 3, 4 and 7: Sheetwise (front andback), each with six variants.
0 Press sheet 5: Work-and-turn with four press sheet variants.
0 Press sheet 6: Work-and-turn with six press sheet variants.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 235/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–51
Assign Documents
52. Go to the "Contents" tab in the Browser window. You will see the layout structure of the job.
The "Base" layer stays empty in our example.
53. Right-click "NL" 1.
54. Browse to the folder with the job data for the body and select "Body_NL_Text.pdf". The file is loaded tothe Browser window 2.
1
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 236/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–52 Edition August 2011
55. Add all base and version files to the list in this way.
You will get the following structure:
All the files required are loaded in Prinect Signa Sta-tion and can be positioned.
Position Documents (Body)
56. Go to the "Product Parts" tab and double-click "Body"1.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 237/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–53
57. The graphic window opens in the "Press Sheet" tab
and shows press sheet 2 2
. The first page of the lan-guage-dependent body pages is on press sheet 2 3.
1
3
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 238/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–54 Edition August 2011
58. Go to the "Contents" tab in the Browser window 1 and
position the "Body_NL_Text.pdf" file 2
on the firstpage in the graphic window 3 by dragging-and-drop-ping it there.
59. All language-dependent Dutch body pages are posi-tioned automatically on all predefined folding sheets.
1
3
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 239/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–55
60. You will see the positioned Dutch pages in the
graphic window 1
. Change the variant to "02:FR" 2
and position the French body pages as described instep 58.
61. Repeat this for all languages.
1
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 240/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–56 Edition August 2011
62. All language-dependent body pages are positioned.
Position Documents (Cover)
63. Go to the "Product Parts" tab and double-click "Cover"1.
64. The graphic window opens in the "Press Sheet" taband shows press sheet 1 2. The Dutch, French andEnglish cover pages are on press sheet 1 3.
1
3
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 241/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–57
65. Go to the "Contents" tab in the Browser window 1 and
position the "Cover_NL_Text.pdf" file 2
on the dark first Dutch page in the graphic window 3 by drag-ging-and-dropping it there.
66. The language-dependent Dutch cover is now posi-tioned automatically on all Dutch folding sheets.Position the French cover and the English cover in thesame way.
1
32
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 242/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–58 Edition August 2011
67. You will see the positioned covers in the graphic win-
dow 1
. Change the variant to "03:PT ES SV" 2
and posi-tion the remaining languages as described in step 65.
1
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 243/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–59
68. All the documents are positioned. In the graphic win-
dow in the "Press Sheet List" tab with "All Press Sheets"ticked 1, check whether all the press sheets have thecorrect data.
This concludes page positioning.
1
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 244/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–60 Edition August 2011
Output of the Job
Thanks to the clever concept of versioning, you cannow image the generated press sheets as best fits in
with your production capacity. We will just briefly indicate the options you have with a variable outputto plate.
In this example, the job will be output as a PDF viaPrinect MetaDimension. The platesetter is a Supraset-ter 145.
On principle, you can output the whole job, eachproduct part or also plates individually.
We will select our custom output parameter set"Suprasetter 145 PDF".
69. Go to "File > Print Job...".
70. "Output" of everything is set by default 1 if an outputparameter set is selected. Click "Edit" to define youroutput parameter settings 2.
1
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 245/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–61
71. The following parameters are set by default in the
Output Parameter Set Editor:
72. You will find a description of how to create an outputparameter set in Creating Resources, page 4–7. Theparameters set above are also used in the "Print Assis-tant" that you will open shortly.
73. Close the "Output Parameter Set Editor" and "Print Job" windows.
74. Go to "File > Print Assistant...".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 246/363
Example of Versioning ABC
10–62 Edition August 2011
75. Click the "right arrow" in the "Print Assistant" 1.
1
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 247/363
ABC Example of Versioning
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 10–63
76. In the "Front and Back" and "Colors" tabs, you can now
create your output as you want it.
Imaging can now run as suits your production capac-ities.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 248/363
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 249/363
ABC Generation of CIP3-PPF / CIP4-JDF Data
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 11–1
11 Generation of CIP3-PPF / CIP4-JDF Data
Introduction
Meaning and Development of the CIP3-PPF and CIP4-JDF Formats
Prepress data can help automate press and postpress workflows. This includes, for example, an automaticset-up of the cutting machines (postpress) based oncutting information from the prepress phase.
In addition to the reusable data, there are also control
data that must be generated, maintained and ana-lyzed during the workflow. There must be a uniform,machine-independent data format for the controldata as machines and software products used in theprepress, press and postpress phases come from dif-ferent manufacturers.
In 1994, a consortium of companies was founded with the aim of specifying this data format. Untildrupa 2000, this consortium was called the "Coopera-tion for Integration of Prepress, Press and Postpress",or "CIP3". The CIP3 consortium specified the "PrintProduction Format" (PPF).
During the Drupa 2000, the consortium was renamedto the "Cooperation for the Integration of Processes inPrepress, Press and Postpress", or "CIP4". The CIP4 con-sortium specified the "Job Definition Format" (JDF).
Further details as well as contact addresses can befound at the following Internet address: "http:// www.cip4.org".
CIP3-PPF and CIP4-JDF Data Format
0 CIP3 specification of the PPF data format:The data format specified by the CIP3 consortiumis known as the "Print Production Format" (PPF).
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 250/363
Generation of CIP3-PPF / CIP4-JDF Data ABC
11–2 Edition August 2011
The file extension is ".ppf". CIP3-PPF files are in
PostScript format.0 CIP4 specification of the JDF data format:
The "Job Definition Format" (JDF) was introducedas a further development of well-known technolo-gies such as PPF and PJTF (Adobe Portable JobTicket Format). The JDF is based on the XML dataformat. JDF combines the job ticket specifications
with a message description standard and a mes-sage interchange protocol. The file extension is".jdf". The PPF data are a subset in a JDF file.
CIP3-PPF and CIP4-JDF Contents
Heidelberg prepress systems can supply the followingPPF/JDF data:
0 Job identification
0
Ink zone control0 Tab
0 Color references
0 Cutting (Polar-Mohr and others)
0 Folding, collating, binding (HD Finishing)
0 Digital good sheet for subsequent control with
Image Control0 Control elements such as measuring bars ("MB_...")
and print control strips ("PCS_...") for checking col-ors automatically on the press sheet
Bitmaps for ink zone control are saved in the CIP3-PPFfile. References to bitmaps in the .png format for ink zone control are saved in the CIP4-JDF file.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 251/363
ABC Generation of CIP3-PPF / CIP4-JDF Data
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 11–3
Workflow
Overview of the CIP3-PPF and CIP4-JDF Data Workflow
Note: At present, not all possible workflow compo-nents are JDF-compatible. That's the reason why wesometimes talk about CIP3-PPF data and sometimesabout CIP4-JDF data.
Meta Dimension can interpret CIP4-JDF data and out-
put CIP3-PPF data. In other words, the interfacebetween both data formats is here in the workflow with MetaDimension.
Possible CIP workflow components are:
0 Prinect Signa Station (CIP4-JDF)
0 MetaDimension (CIP3-PPF, can interpret CIP4-JDF)
0 Prinect Prepress Manager (CIP4-JDF)
0 Prinect Prepress Interface (CIP3-PPF) or anotherprocessing software that calculates the machine-specific data for ink zone control from the CIP3-PPF or CIP4-JDF data.
0 CompuCut or another finishing software that cal-culates the machine-specific data for other clients(cutters, folders, etc.) from the CIP3-PPF or CIP4-
JDF data.
0 Data transfer systems (e.g. Data Control or PECOM)that send the machine data calculated from theCIP3-PPF or CIP4-JDF files to the press or other cli-ents (cutters, folders, etc.).
0 Presses and other clients
If the Prinect Prepress Manager is in the workflow,only the RIP functionality of MetaDimension is used.
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 252/363
Generation of CIP3-PPF / CIP4-JDF Data ABC
11–4 Edition August 2011
The following diagram gives you an overview of the
data flow involving the CIP4-JDF, CIP3-PPF data andthe user data.
CIP3-PPF / CIP4-JDF Data Flow
Signa Station
FilmsettersPlatesetters
A
B
D
C
E
Del
MetaDimensionPress
Compucut
Cutter
PrepressInterface
Ready PressSheet
CIP ink dataCIP ink and cutting data
CIP cutting dataUser data
Prepress Manager
F
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 253/363
ABC Generation of CIP3-PPF / CIP4-JDF Data
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 11–5
Workflow with MetaDimension and Prinect Signa Station
The text below illustrates the workflow for process-ing using a cutter and the "CompuCut" processingsoftware.
0 MetaDimension: The CIP3-PPF data for ink zonecontrol are generated at this station.
0 Prinect Signa Station: here CIP4-JDF data is gener-ated for cutting and folding, for example.
There are two options for the finishing data:0 The CIP4-JDF data for finishing are generated at
the Prinect Signa Station automatically and theprocess is not interactive. In a normal workflow,these data go to the Prinect Prepress Manager orMetaDimension, depending on what you config-ured (route A).
From the Meta Dimension, the CIP3-PPF data are
transferred to a software capable of interpretingsuch data, such as Prinect Prepress Interface(route B). Prinect Prepress Interface converts theCIP3-PPF data for a job into ink coverage values forthe respective ink zones. The data are transferredto the printing press, either online or via flash-cards (route C).
Prinect Prepress Interface also makes the CIP3-PPF
data available to systems further on in the work-flow, for example, CompuCut (route D).
0 It's also possible for you to generate an additionalCIP3-PPF file manually at the Prinect Signa Station. These data can be sent directly to a cutter viaCompuCut, for example (route E, F). This file, too,doesn't have any unnecessary ink zone controldata and, as a result, is small.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 254/363
Generation of CIP3-PPF / CIP4-JDF Data ABC
11–6 Edition August 2011
Processing the CIP3-PPF Data with Prinect Prepress Interface
The Heidelberg "Prinect Prepress Interface" softwareallows you to evaluate the CIP3-PPF files and theircolor data that were generated by MetaDimension.Prinect Prepress Interface converts the CIP3-PPF datafor a job into ink coverage values for the respectiveink zones. The calculated data can then be importedby the ink zone control and converted to setting datafor the CP ink fountains (fountain rotation and ink zone opening).
Interface MetaDimension and the Prinect Prepress Interface
Processing of the CIP3-PPF data can be automated with the MetaDimension and Prinect Prepress inter-faces. This requires that the hot folders at Prinect Pre-press Interface are set up or selected as CIP3-PPF out-put directories at MetaDimension.
Prinect Prepress Interface has a directory structure with "PPFIn" as the main directory for the incomingCIP3-PPF files or in the case of Prinect Prepress Inter-face version 4.1, the main directory is "PPIJobs\PPFIn".The "PPFIn" directory is created automatically duringthe installation of Prinect Prepress Interface.
In Prinect Prepress Interface 3.x, you can define for what press the data will be computed. The specific
operational data (plate size, number of ink zones,printing characteristic, orientation, etc.) are saved asprocesses. When you create a process, a hot folder isautomatically generated for the CIP3-PPF data in the"PPFIn" directory.
Prinect Prepress Interface regularly scans the hotfolder for new data and, if any are found, automati-cally starts data processing.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 255/363
ABC Generation of CIP3-PPF / CIP4-JDF Data
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 11–7
This hot folder must be the output directory of the
RIP if you want processing to be automatic. You mustplace the CIP3-PPF file manually in this hot folder of Prinect Prepress Interface if you select a differentfolder as the output directory.
CIP3-PPF files are deleted from the "PPFIn" hot folder when they are processed. To make the CIP3-PPF filesavailable to processing systems (CompuCut), they must be duplicated when they enter the directory and the duplicates must be saved. The Prinect Pre-press Interface user configures whether the CIP3-PPFfiles will be copied or not and to what directory.
Prinect Prepress Interface with Clients
A new interface can be used for clients as of PrinectPrepress Interface version 3.x.
In version 2.1, only the calculated ink zone control
data and the preview images are sent to the clients. A new client interface was defined for version 3.0 tomake all the prepress defaults that were generatedavailable to the clients downstream.
This client interface requires an extended data for-mat, the "PPF+- format". A specific PPF+- file must be
written for every client to optimize the data exchangebetween Prinect Prepress Interface and the connected
clients. A specific, configurable profile (interfacedescription) that is defined in Prinect Prepress Inter-face must be used there for each client. This profiledefines which data will be taken from the CIP3-PPFfile or from Prinect Prepress Interface. The followingdata can be configured for the client interface:
0 Scope of the PPF+- file (e.g. "Register marks", "Ink coverage values", "All other data", etc.).
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 256/363
Generation of CIP3-PPF / CIP4-JDF Data ABC
11–8 Edition August 2011
0 Number of different transfer directories where thedata for the clients will be saved.
0 Allocation of the PPF+- files to the transfer directo-ries.
Only the following interfaces are supported as of Pri-nect Prepress Interface version 3.0:
0 Flashcard as in version 2.1
0 CDK format as in version 2.1
0 Configurable interface (PPF+- format, see above)
Interfaces can no longer be configured as of PrinectPrepress Interface version 4.1: The following inter-faces are supported:
0 Flashcard as in version 2.1
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 257/363
ABC Generation of CIP3-PPF / CIP4-JDF Data
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 11–9
0 CDK format as in version 2.1
0 PPF+ for CP2000 Center (not configurable)
0 PCF for Press Center (as of version 08A)
Data Export to the Press
The data can be exported to the press as follows:
0 Online with the "CP2000": This is the control standfor the sheet-fed presses. This stand can be net-
worked. The "PresetLink" module must be enabledfor evaluation of the CIP3-PPF data.
0 Online with the "Press Center": This is the new con-trol stand for the sheet-fed presses. This stand canbe networked. The "InstantGate" module must beenabled for evaluation of the CIP3-PPF data.
0 Via flashcard: This is a memory board that canhold 50 jobs. The flashcard controls the ink and
register control software "CPC1".The flashcard will no longer be supported as of Press Center 08A. Instead, a USB stick can be used(as of Prinect Prepress Interface version 4.1).
0 Online with the "DataControl" software and the"Prepress Interface Connection" module.
Data Export to Other Processing Systems (CompuCut, CompuFold)
Automatic data processing can be configured at thePrinect Prepress Interface / finishing systems (e.g.CompuCut, CompuFold) interface. To do this, the Pri-nect Prepress Interface output directories mustmatch the input directories of the finishing system.
Since version 2 of Prinect Prepress Interface, auto-matic processing of CIP3-PPF data is possible in con-
junction with CompuCut.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 258/363
Generation of CIP3-PPF / CIP4-JDF Data ABC
11–10 Edition August 2011
Generation of CIP4-JDF data in Prinect Signa Station
What data are saved for finishing?
At the Prinect Signa Station, finishing data containthe following information:
0 Administrative data (job data, customer data, etc.)
0 Paper values
0
All marks that are not "unknown".0 Stitching data
0 Cutting and folding data
0 Control elements such as measuring bars ("MB_...")and print control strips ("PCS_...") for checking col-ors automatically on the press sheet
Prerequisite0 Administrative data and cutting data:
These data are always saved for finishing.
0 All data about marks, folding and binding:
These data are only saved for finishing if youacquired the relevant license. The values specifiedinclude the marks positions and in part informa-
tion about folding and binding.
You must select the "Presetting" option in the "Pri-nect Signa Station Option Chooser" (call up with"File > Preferences > License and Option Chooser").
Generation of CIP4-JDF Data
All forms of job output (job ticket, JDF, PostScript or
PDF) contain their respective CIP4-JDF data.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 259/363
ABC Generation of CIP3-PPF / CIP4-JDF Data
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 11–11
0 Automatic generation of CIP4-JDF data
All the CIP4-JDF data are always generated auto-matically. This is set by default and the user can-not influence it in any way.
0 Manual generation of CIP3 PPF data
You can also generate CIP3-PPF files manually par-allel to the automatically generated CIP4-JDF data.
You will find the "Cip" folder that is created auto-
matically for these CIP3-PPF files in "Preferences >Paths > Workspace".
One example of its use is if you only need cuttingdata that will go directly to a cutter (see thesection Workflow with MetaDimension and Pri-nect Signa Station, page 11–5). These CIP3-PPFfiles are considerably smaller because they don'thave any ink zone control data.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 260/363
Generation of CIP3-PPF / CIP4-JDF Data ABC
11–12 Edition August 2011
Where can you set up the generation of CIP4-JDF data?
All the points where you can input CIP4 data at Pri-nect Signa Station will now be listed.
Output Parameter Set Editor for Creating Resources
0 "Finishing" tab > "Output folder for PPF files":This is where you can specify whether additionalCIP3-PPF files will be generated(section Generation of CIP4-JDF Data, page 11–10).
0 "Finishing" tab > "Saddlestitcher": (requires alicense!)These data are sent to the saddlestitcher.
0 "Finishing" tab > "Workflow":
0 "with DataControl": In this case, the sheetname must have a certain syntax that DataCon-trol can interpret.
0 "with PECOM": In this case, the job name musthave a certain syntax that PECOM products caninterpret.
Print Job Dialog
You display the job output dialog with "File > Print Job".
Click "Edit" in this dialog if you wish to display theOutput Parameter Set Editor with the default outputparameter set.
See the section Output Parameter Set Editor for Creat-ing Resources, page 11–12 for the data you can enter.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 261/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–1
12 Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
About This Description
In Prinect Signa Station, you can create a layout for a job that you want to use in the Prinect Prepress Man-ager.
This chapter will look at the operation, settings, tipsand special features required to create JDF layouts inPrinect Signa Station version 11.0 that you will use inthe Prinect Prepress Manager version 11.0.
How This Description Is Structured
Aspects of the general Prinect Signa Station functionsthat are not mentioned in this description normally can also be used in the usual way for the creation of
JDF layouts for the Prinect Prepress Manager.
Note: Operational steps that are different for theoffline mode will be described first, then follow the
differences for interactive operation. Differencesapplicable to offline as well as to interactive opera-tion will be described last.
Work between the Prinect Prepress Manager and Pri-nect Signa Station is possible in two ways:
Offline
In an off line workflow, you create the layouts in Pri-
nect Signa Station in JDF format and save them to afolder that can be accessed by the Prinect PrepressManager main computer. You can then import thelayouts.
Interactive
In an interactive workflow, you can create new lay-outs in "Jobs" > Elements > Layouts" ("New..." button) or
check and edit existing layouts (> "Open" in the con-
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 262/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–2 Edition August 2011
text-sensitive menu or with the "Open as Copy..." but-
ton). To be able to use this workflow, you must haveinstalled a suitably configured Prinect Signa Stationon the same computer on which the Prinect PrepressManager Cockpit is installed.
Prinect Signa Station Offline with the Prinect Prepress Manager11.0
Besides a whole series of other workflows, PrinectSigna Station can also write jobs in JDF format for thePrinect Prepress Manager that are known as layoutsthere.
Prinect Signa Station writes the job as a JDF layout toa folder, and in the Prinect Prepress Manager the lay-out is imported from this folder to a Prinect PrepressManager job.
In this connection, PDF pages can be assigned to thelayout in Prinect Signa Station, e.g. for viewing.
Assignment, however, is lost when the layout isimported to the Prinect Prepress Manager.
The setup in "Master Pages > Placement rule forassigned pages > By user > Center or Custom" is usedby the Prinect Prepress Manager and the full func-tionality is available there. However, these layout
properties cannot be modified in the Prinect PrepressManager.Positioning, scaling, rotation and mirroring actionsare used in the Prinect Prepress Manager and theirfull functionality is available there.
0 Creeping:The "Creeping" function is possible.
0 Bottling:
The "Bottling" function is possible.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 263/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–3
0 Finishing Style:
Finishing data are written to the JDF.0 Assigning names: Do not use special characters when assigning names; also make sure there areno blanks before or after the name.
0 Importing a layout turns the job name from Pri-nect Signa Station into the layout name in the Pri-nect Prepress Manager. The actual PrinectPrepress Manager names such as "job name" and
"job number" are not affected.The job name saved in Prinect Signa Station isused for the layout name in the Prinect PrepressManager (the job name can also be set in the Pref-erences in the "General" tab). This can be, forexample, "jobnumber", "customername" and "job-name", going from left to right and separated eachtime by an underscore.
Operation
Operation in the Prinect Prepress Manager
Integration of Prinect Signa Station Layouts
You can integrate prepared layouts into your job if you can create sheet layouts in the JDF format within
your system environment, for example, with the Pri-nect Signa Station software.
Go to "Layouts" in the control pane in the "Elements"tab. Click the "Import Layout" button or select thisfunction in the context-sensitive menu.
The "Import Layout" window opens, immediately fol-lowed by the "Select Layout" window (or by clickingthe "Browse" button).
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 264/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–4 Edition August 2011
Here you can select a path in your system environ-
ment containing the layout files you want. To do so,enable/disable the "Prinect Prepress Manager Neigh-borhood" option in order to reach the computer
where the layout files are stored. Make your selectionand click "OK".
The path to the selected layout file is shown in the"Import Layout" window in "File name". The name of the selected layout is shown in the "Layout Name" textbox. You can change its name in this box. Click "Import".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 265/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–5
Note: For further information such as how to create
page lists in the Prinect Prepress Manager, please seethe Prinect Prepress Manager User's Guide/Workflow,chapter 3, Integration of Sheet Layouts.
Operation in Prinect Signa Station
In the Prinect Signa Station UI, there is no specialfunction solely for the creation of JDF layouts. Forthat reason, we have provided the following descrip-tion.
Note: This description is valid both for the offlinemode and interactive mode.
Job Assistant
0 Job Data
0 Job and customer
Importing a layout turns the job name fromPrinect Signa Station into the layout name inthe Prinect Prepress Manager. The actual Pri-nect Prepress Manager names such as "jobname" and "job number" are not affected.The job name saved in Prinect Signa Station isused for the layout name in the Prinect Pre-press Manager (the job name can also be set inthe Preferences in the "General" tab). This can
be, for example, "jobnumber", "customername"and "jobname", going from left to right andseparated each time by an underscore.
0 Job Details
The input in "Number of Layers" will define your work with layers for the JDF layout. The
2
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 266/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–6 Edition August 2011
data about "Target Date" and "Quantity" are not
used in the Prinect Prepress Manager.0 Default for JDF and job ticket
"Planned colors" are not evaluated in the "Pri-nect Prepress Manager 11.0 (via JDF)" output
variant.
0 Background colors
"Background colors" are evaluated in the "Pri-
nect Prepress Manager 11.0 (via JDF)" output variant.
The maximum number of background colors wanted in the Prinect Prepress Manager areentered. You must enable this number also inthe color marks used.
0 History / Job Notes
The data in "Created on / Modified on" specify the date the JDF was created.
Job notes are set with the"PtR_LayoutNotesMark" mark.
The other data are not used by the Prinect Pre-press Manager.
0 Product Part Definition
0 Main Features
The name of the product part is ignored in the JDF layout if jobs only have one product part.The name of the product part is taken intoaccount in the JDF layout in the case of jobs
with more than one product part.
The name of the product part is placed beforethe sheet name in "Print (entire) Job".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 267/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–7
The name of the product part is placed before
the layout and sheet name in "Print ProductPart".
0 You can use "From Template" "Work Mode" and"Page Total" in the usual way, a "Comment" isnot added to the JDF layout.
0 Packaging mode
Creating packaging as JDF layouts is possible inoffline and interactive modes.
Positioning 1ups, however, is only possible ininteractive Prinect Signa Station. You can addpolygonal cropping paths to 1ups and visualizetheir relative position to the punch contouronly here.
The Prinect Prepress Manager page geometry isnot suited for this purpose, and the interactive
Prinect Signa Station may ignore it.Use the 1up Inspector to position 1ups. For thispurpose, the 1up Inspector provides the "By user > Custom" option in "Placement rule forassigned pages" in the Packaging mode.
Note: There is a significant difference betweenthe interactive Prinect Signa Station modedescribed before and the Montage and Imposi-
tion modes. This is why gang run forms cre-ated, for example, in the Montage or Imposi-tion mode are not permitted in conjunction
with a packaging.
0 Page Names
Modified numbers or names are accepted anddisplayed by the Prinect Prepress Manager. Youshould specify names with only 4 to 5 charac-ters for any of the page placeholders in the
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 268/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–8 Edition August 2011
thumbnail view of the Prinect Prepress Man-
ager "Layouts" area. Longer names could betruncated.
0 Definition for the "Montage" work mode
The “Label Optimization on” function isimported in the Prinect Prepress Manager. ThePrinect Prepress Manager layout view showsthe assembly block name. To have a cleareridea of your work, you should use only a few
characters to name the assembly block (e.g. B1,B2,...), especially if labels are small.
0 Master Pages (for “Imposition”, “Automatic Imposi-tion” modes)
0 Placement rule for assigned pages > Custom
This function is used in the Prinect PrepressManager and its full functionality is available
there. However, these layout properties cannotbe modified in the Prinect Prepress Manager.
Layouts with a trim are always correct forpages with trim boxes. If the pages do not havetrim boxes, you must correct the placement
with "Custom" or later using the page geome-try in the Prinect Prepress Manager. Example:Pages that are 303 x 216 mm and without a
trim box need an offset of 3 mm in x and y direction in the page geometry in the PrinectPrepress Manager.
0 Printing Plates
0 Paper Definition for Production
The paper data are entered in the JDF layoutund used in the Prinect Prepress Manager job.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 269/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–9
Note: In Prinect Signa Station, you can make
the box editable in the Preferences. You may not use this function in the JDF workflow or when working with the MDS.
0 Folding Schemes
0 Active Inspector Section
All the functions are used.
0 Assembly Blocks (for "Montage" mode)
0 You can create blank pages with the "Createnew assembly block" button.
0 "Name": You can rename the 1up selected inthe graphic window, for example, one in agang run form. As a result, the different nameshelp you follow your work when you send the
JDF layout.
Further information can be found in the Job Assistant item described above, Master Pages(for “Imposition”, “Automatic Imposition”modes), page 12–8.
Job Inspector
0 Administrative Data Tab
See the Job Assistant item described above, Job
Data, page 12– 5.
Product Part Inspector
0 General tab
See the Job Assistant item described above, Prod-uct Part Definition, page 12–6.
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 270/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–10 Edition August 2011
0 Master Pages tab
See the Job Assistant item described above, MasterPages (for “Imposition”, “Automatic Imposition”modes), page 12– 8.
0 Plates tab
See the Job Assistant item described above, Print-ing Plates, page 12–8.
0 Schemes tab
See the Job Assistant item described above, Fold-ing Schemes, page 12–9.
Assembly Block Inspector
0 Empty pages are created with the "Create new assembly block" button.
Further information can be found in the Job Assis-
tant item described above, Assembly Blocks (for"Montage" mode), page 12–9.
Page/1up Inspector
0 "Attributes" Tab
The placement rule for assigned pages/1ups set inthis tab is applicable in the Prinect Prepress Man-ager but cannot be changed there.
Document Inspector
Settings in the Document Inspector are used only inthe interactive mode of the Prinect Prepress Man-
ager . In the offline mode, they do not affect the jobbecause the contents are not used by the Prinect Pre-press Manager.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 271/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–11
0 "Page" Tab
In this tab, you can select a box (crop, trim, bleedor media box) from the PDF file that you wish touse for placement of your pages as a trim box.
This setting is used in the interactive Prinect SignaStation. Such a setting can change the page geom-etry if such a JDF layout is used in the Prinect Pre-press Manager.
Settings defined in this tab are swapped betweenthe interactive Prinect Signa Station and the Pri-nect Prepress Manager, irrespective of the pageassignments in the layout.
Output of the JDF Layout
Preferences
0 Paths tab
The path must be configured in "Select ExternalExecutables > Acrobat Distiller": "C:\Pro-grams\Adobe\Acrobat 7.0\Distiller\acrodist.exe.
0 Names tab
The specified "Surface Names" are used by the Pri-nect Prepress Manager in the JDF workflow.
Print Job
Click "File > Print Job" in the menu bar. The "Print Job- jobname" window displays. You can print all imposi-tion and montage versions. (The job is saved as an .sdf file when you select "File > Save".)
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 272/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–12 Edition August 2011
0 "Save..." button: Like with "Output", you can out-
put your job with this button. However, the"Save..." dialog provides you with more settings:
0 "Save to": This box lets you set a different out-put folder to the one defined in the outputparameter set. The input is not saved.
0 "File Name": You can edit the name of the out-put file in this box.
0
"Output" button: The current job is output to theoutput folder. You already defined the outputfolder in the output parameter set > "General" tab.
You will find the "Output" folder that is created auto-matically for the output folder in "Preferences > Paths> Workspace".
Select a JDF output parameter set. Click "Edit..." to dis-play the Output Parameter Set Editor.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 273/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–13
Settings in the output parameter set
0 General tab
In "Properties > Workflow", you must haveselected: "Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 (via JDF)"The other settings are the same as when you out-put other jobs.
0 Options Tab
0 Orientation
Settings in this group do not affect the JDF workflow.
0 Visual Effects
"Mirror horizontal" / "Mirror vertical" work inthe JDF layout.
You can enable the proof color for the JDF lay-out with "Proof color". The dimensions you
want are also output if "Dimensions in Proof Color" is enabled as well.
0 Scaling
You can scale the JDF layout for output.
Distorted paper does not affect a JDF layout.
0 Imaging Size
"Imagesetter Imaging Window": Prints theentire JDF layout including paper format andplate template.
"Paper": Only prints the paper format as a JDFlayout (only for a direct output to a proofer orimagesetter).This will print a job "without a plate template",e.g. for an imposition proof without informa-tion contained on the plate. In addition, the"Don't generate tiling marks" option in "Tiling
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 274/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–14 Edition August 2011
and Paper Output" must be enabled and "Extra
Space" must be set to "0". You must add some"Extra Space" if you wish to output all of a sheetlay mark as well.
"Tiling": You can tile the JDF layout for output.Note: You may encounter problems now andagain when working with tiling. All other set-tings do not affect your work.
0 Punches tab
The "Punches" tab is only required when you work with tiling. In this tab, you can set that the tiles will be rotated. All other settings do not affect your work.
0 Finishing tab
The settings affect the JDF layout.
Prinect Signa Station Interactive with thePrinect Prepress Manager 11.0
You can start Prinect Signa Station interactively froma Prinect Prepress Manager job to create new layoutsfor this job or to check or change layouts that arealready in the job.
You can combine the functions of the two applica-tions in this way.
Note: Prinect Signa Station can display several jobs atthe same time that you can use right away. You canalso open/start and then edit an interactive job fromthe Prinect Prepress Manager at any time.
The interactive Prinect Signa Station displays thepages of the Prinect Prepress Manager job for you to
assign pages or correct already assigned pages. Forassigned pages, you can use the full scope of the Pri-
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 275/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–15
nect Signa Station "Master Pages > Placement rule for
assigned pages > By user" function. However, you can-not change the layout properties.
In the Document Inspector you can use and modify the data set in "Trim box".
Interactive Prinect Signa Station imports signature orsheet names edited in the Prinect Prepress Managerusing the "Properties..." function.
Note: In the interactive mode, page assignments andpage geometry are used by Prinect Signa Station andby the Prinect Prepress Manager (in contrast to theoffline mode). This means that settings in the Docu-ment Inspector in the "Page" tab display as pagegeometry that you can modify accordingly in the Pri-nect Prepress Manager.
0 Creeping:The "Creeping" function is possible.
0 Bottling:The "Bottling" function is possible.
0 Finishing Style: Finishing data are written to the JDF.
0 Assigning names: Do not use special characters when assigning names; also make sure there areno blanks before or after the name.
0 The Job Inspector displays the following data when an existing layout is opened in Prinect SignaStation or opened as a copy:
Job Number:Number of the Prinect Prepress Manager job
Job Name:Name of the currently edited layout from the Pri-nect Prepress Manager. This can also be the old Pri-
nect Signa Station job name that was chosen
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 276/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–16 Edition August 2011
when it was created, see also Prinect Signa Station
Offline with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0,page 12–2.
0 New Layout: Prinect Prepress Manager job numberand job name are shown in Prinect Signa Station.The job is additionally flagged as an "interactive
job". After saving in Prinect Signa Station theinformation is available as previously defined inthe Prinect Prepress Manager. "Customer name"and "Customer ID" are not used.
Note: One of the files you will find in the JDF data setis "SignaData.sdf". This is the Prinect Signa Station jobincluding the marks, plate templates, etc. that can beused.
Prerequisites
The following items must be met to work with the
interactive Prinect Signa Station:
The Prinect Prepress Manager Cockpit and the PrinectSigna Station software must be installed on the samecomputer for interaction between the Prinect Pre-press Manager and Prinect Signa Station.
In the Prinect Prepress Manager, Prinect Signa Sta-tion must be configured in "Administration > Local
Settings".
Operation in the Prinect Prepress Manager
Example for the interactive start of the Prinect SignaStation from the Prinect Prepress Manager:
0 Changes to the sheets are possible right up to justbefore the final output.
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 277/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–17
0 The pages were already assigned in the Prinect Pre-
press Manager. You can change fast to the PrinectSigna Station if you now wish to add blank pages.
0 Most of the pages in a job are assigned in the Pri-nect Prepress Manager, but the job also has pagesthat have to be assigned in the Prinect Signa Sta-tion because of their special properties.
0 The sheets or marks must be changed after pageassignment.
0 A different plate template to the one defined inthe layout must be used for imaging.
0 For reasons of space, you have to output an impo-sition proof without a plate template.
Preparations
After you installed the Prinect Prepress Manager
Cockpit software and the Prinect Signa Station soft- ware on a workstation computer, you must enablethe license key for the interactive Prinect Signa Sta-tion ("Interactive Impositioning") in the Prinect Pre-press Manager License Manager.
Afterwards, you must set the installation path to thePrinect Signa Station in the Cockpit:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 278/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–18 Edition August 2011
Go to "Administration > Local Settings" and click "Browse" in the "Prinect Signa Station" section. Selectthe Prinect Signa Station installation path in thebrowse dialog. A round green symbol appears beside
the path when the Prinect Signa Station program file,for example, "Prinect Signa Station.exe" for PrinectSigna Station, is entered in this box. The interactiveconnection to the Prinect Signa Station is now set upand ready.
You can only configure Prinect Signa Station 11.0.
Note: The most suitable instance of the configuredPrinect Signa Stations starts automatically when youload a layout in the job with "Open" or "Open as copy"for editing in the interactive Prinect Signa Station.
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 279/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–19
The procedure is basically the same on the Macintoshas well. The Cockpit and the Prinect Signa Stationsoftware must be installed on the same Macintoshcomputer.
Launching Prinect Signa Station from the Cockpit
After you set the preferences for the interactivelaunching of the Prinect Signa Station, you can startthe Prinect Signa Station from an open job in the "Ele-ments" tab.
Editing a Layout
Go to the "Layouts" section and mark an item in thelist for a complete sheet layout. The "Open" button inthe context-sensitive menu is enabled if you can editthis item with the Prinect Signa Station.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 280/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–20 Edition August 2011
The "Waiting for imposition software" window appears and the Prinect Signa Station starts when
you click "Open", and the marked layout displays forediting. The job is flagged as "(interactive job)".
Save the layout in Prinect Signa Station after editing.The job closes in Prinect Signa Station and thechanges can be seen in the layout in the Prinect Pre-press Manager.
When you use the "Open" button, you must not haveseveral Cockpits simultaneously open a Prinect Pre-press Manager job with an identical layout andreturn it for overwriting. Otherwise the layout savedlast would be used.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 281/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–21
Creating a New Layout
The "New Layout" dialog displays when you click the"New" button.
Enter a name for the new layout in "Layout Name".
You must select the layout and then click "New" if you work with the MIS. The "Layout Name" and "Page ListName" boxes are dimmed. These names are set by theMIS.
The interactive Prinect Signa Station displays the Job
Assistant with the default from the MIS data (Strip-pingParams). If these MIS data (StrippingParams) areincomplete/unsuitable, they are rejected with themessage "Import failed!" and the interactive PrinectSigna Station canceled.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 282/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–22 Edition August 2011
The new layout is created as a proof layout if youselect the "Proof Layout" option.
Note: A proof layout doesn't display in the sheet view and separation view. Other than this, a proof layout islike a normal layout. This is feasible, for example forreader's spread layouts.
Check "Replace Layout(s)" to replace the existing lay-out with the new one (you can only select this func-tion if you have a layout and it is selected).
Check “Create New Page List” to specify that the new layout is to automatically be assigned a new page listafter interaction in the Prinect Prepress Manager job.
"Create New Page List" enabled: The new layout isassigned a page list in any case.
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 283/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–23
"Create New Page List" disabled: The new layout does
not contain a page list when the signature is notassigned pages in Prinect Signa Station; a page list isautomatically created nevertheless if pages wereassigned to the signature.
The new page list is assigned to the layout if the lay-out is overwritten in the Prinect Prepress Manager
job.
In "Assign Sequence(s)", you can assign one or more
sequences to the new layout.
The Prinect Signa Station software starts when youconfirm the dialog with "OK" and you can begin tocreate the new sheet layout. The job is flagged as"(interactive job)". Only this job will write back to thePrinect Prepress Manager.
Preview image for interactive Prinect Signa Station
You can generate thumbnails for Prinect Signa Sta-tion in the page preview in the Prinect Prepress Man-ager. The thumbnails for the Prinect Signa Station are
written to the PDF pages if the "Thumbnails for Print-ready" option was enabled in "Preflight > View Accel-eration" in the "Qualify" and/or "Prepare" sequence.The preview default setting is 72 dpi, the possiblerange is 20 - 300 dpi. This speeds up the display of pre-
views in the interactive Prinect Signa Station.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 284/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–24 Edition August 2011
Note: Display of separated data in Prinect Signa Sta-
tion: The "Qualify" and/or "Prepare" sequences gener-ate some kind of composite data in addition to sepa-ration data. The interactive Prinect Signa Stationshows colored preview thumbnails, in other words,like a composite.
Note: For further information about operation in thePrinect Prepress Manager with the interactive PrinectSigna Station, please see the Prinect Prepress Man-ager User's Guide/Workflow, chapter "Special Work-flow Options".
Operation in Prinect Signa Station
In the Prinect Signa Station UI, there is no specialfunction solely for the creation of JDF layouts. Forthat reason, we have provided the following descrip-tion.
Special operation/effects of the functions for theinteractive mode in the Job Assistant and the inspec-tors can be found in Operation in Prinect Signa Sta-tion, page 12–5.
You can only use contents (documents, pages) fromthe Prinect Prepress Manager job that are available in"Contents" in Prinect Signa Station.
An assigned blank page in the "Page List" tab in thegraphic window is now "blue" so that you can recog-nize it easier. It appears this way in all the tabs.
You can remove the assigned blank page with "DeletePage Assignment".
The interactive Prinect Signa Station can work withor without page contents. When you are loading alarge job with a great number of page contents, youcan cancel loading of the pages with "File > Tools >Background Processes".
2
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 285/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–25
You can also write back the layout directly to the Pri-
nect Prepress Manager. In this case, the page lists inthe Prinect Prepress Manager are not changed.
Output of the JDF Layout
This function in an interactive Prinect Signa Stationis somewhat more restricted in its scope. In this case,the entire Prinect Signa Station job with all its prod-uct parts is always viewed/handled.
You can save the Prinect Signa Station job as an .sdf file with "Save as". The interactive Prinect Signa Sta-tion leaves the print dialog open so that you canmake your settings. In addition you can save the JDFseparately.
When you select "File > Save" or "Print Job", the "Print Job - jobname" dialog displays. Output of your jobends the interactive Prinect Signa Station.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 286/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–26 Edition August 2011
When you click "Output to Prepress Manager", the job you edited is saved again with the same name and written back to the Prinect Prepress Manager. Theinteractive Prinect Signa Station exits.
Use "Save..." to save the JDF layout separately withoutexiting the interactive Signa Station.
The "Allow Selection for View" lets you view singlepress sheets for a visual check with Acrobat. In addi-tion to the interactive workflow, the option can alsobe used with the new "versioning".
After editing a layout with a MIS data set:
When the interactive Prinect Signa Station finishes with "Print Job", the "layout shell" is overwritten by the ready JDF layout in the Prinect Prepress Manager.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 287/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–27
Only JDF output parameter sets are displayed in the
"Choose Output Parameter Set" window when yououtput a JDF layout in the interactive Prinect SignaStation.
Handling of page lists
A layout without a page list is produced if the editedlayout doesn't have a page list and no pages areassigned at Prinect Signa Station.
A layout with a page list is the result if the edited lay-out doesn't have a page list and a page is assigned atPrinect Signa Station.
A layout with a compiled page list is the result if theedited layout has several page lists.
Cancel
You can cancel interaction with "Close".
Page Positions
The page geometry in the Prinect Prepress Managerlets you move pages, scale them and rotate them by 0,90, 180, 270 degrees (can also be done in PrinectSigna Station). The page geometry defines a specificposition for the pages similar to a trim box that is
used to position these pages in the whole job, even inother layouts of this job. A change in the page geome-try may affect several layouts.
You must have a page several times in a job if you want to define different positions for it in the layoutor job.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 288/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–28 Edition August 2011
In an interactive Prinect Signa Station, the settings
required for page positions are exchanged betweenthe page geometry in the Prinect Prepress Managerand the Document Inspector in Prinect Signa Station.
The inputs in page geometry in the Prinect PrepressManager have a slightly different effect to those inthe Document Inspector in Prinect Signa Station:
Page Geometry of the Prinect Prepress Manager: The value for the trim box shows the position of the trim
box on a page. A higher value moves the page to theright / top; a smaller value to the left / bottom.
Prinect Signa Station Document Inspector: The valuefor the trim box also shows the position of the showntrim box on a page.
A higher value moves the shown trim box on thispage to the right / top, but also the page in the layoutto the left / bottom.
A smaller value moves the shown trim box on thispage to the left / bottom, but also the page in the lay-out to the right / top.
On return to the Prinect Prepress Manager these set-tings are always applied to the Prinect Prepress Man-ager page geometry.
Additional Notes
Master page and Page Inspector > "Placement rule forassigned pages > Automatic" or "By user > From TrimBox":
The settings of the Document Inspector affect thepage positions if you enabled "Placement rule forassigned pages > Automatic" in the master page or
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 289/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–29
Page Inspector. The same is applicable when "Place-
ment rule for assigned pages > By user > From TrimBox" is enabled.
Like in the Prinect Prepress Manager page geometry,the settings in the Document Inspector have priority over the trim box values of the pages. The trim box
values of the pages are applicable again only after youclick Reset in the Document Inspector.
The settings in the Document Inspector have the
advantage that the page positions taken from the Pri-nect Prepress Manager page geometry are not lost
when you change scheme in the interactive PrinectSigna Station.
0 These positions flow into the Prinect PrepressManager as a page property and you can check them there in the page geometry.
0 A particular trim box size you set in the Document
Inspector may have a different size in another stepin your work in the interactive Prinect Signa Sta-tion. This is not a fault. The important thing forpage positions is that the lower left corner of thetrim box hasn't changed and is still correct.
Master page and Page Inspector > "Placement rule forassigned pages": "By user > Center"
The trim box (or media box if there is no trim box) iscentered on the "trimmed size" if you enabled "Place-ment rule for assigned pages > By user > Center" in themaster page or Page Inspector.
Settings in the Prinect Signa Station DocumentInspector and in the Prinect Prepress Manager pagegeometry are ignored in this case.
Note: For example on rotated pages
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 290/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–30 Edition August 2011
In Prinect Signa Station, similar manipulations (e.g.
rotation) on the master page and on the content pro-duce the same results. This means that the page mask is rotated on the sheet and not only the content.
In the Prinect Prepress Manager, rotation producesdifferent results, depending on whether the page
mask or the content is rotated on the sheet. Theresults are the same if the trim box from the PDF doc-ument and the page mask are the same size.
There will always be inconsistencies if the size of aPDF trim box is very different to that of the pagemask. In such a case, the interactive Prinect Signa Sta-tion may not display properly. If a page was rotatedby 180 degrees with the Prinect Prepress Managerpage geometry, then the reference point is at the bot-tom left in the interactive Prinect Signa Station.
Printing Product Parts
The "Press Sheet List" in the "Print Job - jobname" win-dow lists the sheets of the entire job, in other words,the sheets of all the product parts. All of these sheetsare selected. You would have one JDF layout with allthe sheets of all the product parts when you print thisselection. This would be what you want if you were
working with Prinect Prinance (one job = one layout).
You can also select the sheets so that each productpart is written to a separate JDF layout.
For example, if you have a large Prinect Signa Station job with many sheets, you can select some of thesheets and output them as JDF. A case where you needthis would be if two users were to work at the sametime on a large job split up into two different PrinectPrepress Manager jobs.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 291/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–31
Note: The selection must always start with the "Front"
sheet. If not, your selection is rejected with a warn-ing.
Opening a Partially Output Job in the Interactive Prinect Signa Station
This concerns layouts, for example, where some of the many sheets in a large Prinect Signa Station job
were selected and output as JDF.
If you open such a partially output JDF with "Open"from the Prinect Prepress Manager in the interactivePrinect Signa Station, Prinect Signa Station presentsthe full original Prinect Signa Station job and not justthe output layout selection because the Data.sdf com-prises all sheets (while the .jdf file comprises only thesheets that were actually output).
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 292/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–32 Edition August 2011
Prinect Signa Station offers to identically reprint the
sheets you selected if you edited the layout but didnot change the name of a product part or the numberof sheets.
A warning is issued because a reprint of the previoussetting is not possible if you changed the name of aproduct part or the number of sheets.
This behavior only exists in the JDF workflow.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 293/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–33
Marks in the JDF Layout
Placing Marks
You place marks in the usual way by dragging-and-dropping them from the resources or the Marks tabsof the Folding Sheet/Assembly Block Inspector, PressSheet Inspector, Page/1up Inspector or from the PlateTemplate Editor.
Marks on Selected Layers
You can use the settings for "Color" in the "Marks" tabsof the Folding Sheet/Assembly Block Inspector, PressSheet Inspector and Page/1up Inspector in the usual
way. Each mark can be placed on all colors, C, M, Y, K,spot colors U, V, X, Z and S1 - S16, proof color andDarkColor.
You can now set marks by default to the "darkest" sep-aration. This means that, when output, marks areoutput automatically in the darkest color in the job.In this way, you are sure that, for example, a sheet lay mark in a job is output without black.
You set the selected mark to "DarkColor" in "Color" inthe relevant inspectors.
Placeholders for Spot ColorsIn the interactive Prinect Prepress Manager workflow,spot color placeholders in the Job Inspector > "Colors"tab are assigned to the spot colors in the job only inthe Prinect Prepress Manager job and not in the Pri-nect Signa Station.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 294/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–34 Edition August 2011
This assignment is done automatically if the new
combi marks are used and the "Automatic assign-ment of job colors to mark colors" option enabled."Automatic assignment of job colors to mark colors" isgenerally set in an interactive Prinect Signa Station.
They can be assigned to each surface, each presssheet, to a specific selection of press sheets or to allpress sheets in a job. See the Prinect Prepress Managerfunctions "Job Settings" or "Layout Properties".
Foreground or Background Marks
The marks in the sheet lie on top of the pages andsometimes can cover them if "Foreground" is selectedin the "Marks" tab > "Expert Mode" in the FoldingSheet/Assembly Block Inspector, Press Sheet Inspectoror Page/1up Inspector. The marks in the sheet liebelow the pages and and can be hidden by them if
"Foreground" is not selected in the "Expert Mode".Note: In the JDF workflow, Prinect Signa Station cre-ates a page with the set marks in a multi-page filethat generally contains one marks page per surface,either a page with marks on the foreground or on thebackground. Prinect Signa Station creates two markspages per surface if you worked with mixed fore-ground/background settings, i.e. a page with marks
for the foreground and one for the background. When the sheet is generated, the pages then liestacked between these two marks pages.
Default Marks
The standard marks of Prinect Signa Station aresuited to the JDF workflow. The DIPCO package alsooffers suitable marks.
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 295/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–35
Print and Plate Control Bars
For Prinect Signa Station, we recommend that youuse the PDF marks from the new DIPCO package andthe plate control bars recommended for MetaDimen-sion.
These bars have 4 - 12 colors and contain the CMYK separations and placeholders for spot colors (U, V, X, Zand S1, S2, S3, S4, ....).
Color Bar
Certain marks can produce an unwanted black in thecolors, e.g. with a mark with only C, U, V if "Elements
without Frame" is not selected in the Marks Editor.
Combi marks
You can find more details about combi marks in the
User's Guide, chapter "Working with Marks > CombiMarks".
Combi marks are color marks (for example, color con-trol, ink pickup, AutoRegister marks) to which youcan add other color marks in "Combi Mark" in theMarks Editor, for example, color control bars with 2,3, 4, 6 and 8 colors (wasn't possible with the previouscombi marks).
So that this function is possible, the JDF layout con-tains all color mark variants (as options) of all thecombi marks in its PDF marks layer. During an out-put, the Prinect Prepress Manager automatically selects the necessary color marks from the combimarks. In this process, the Prinect Prepress Managerevaluates the current process colors of the job.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 296/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–36 Edition August 2011
If you don't want this, you should use "Replace
selected marks" to replace the combi marks at PrinectSigna Station with exactly the marks you want. Thisis because, after an interactive Prinect Signa Station,the Prinect Prepress Manager job is set automatically to "Automatic assignment of job colors to mark col-ors".
The settings in Prinect Signa Station in the Job Inspec-tor > Administrative Data > Default for JDF and jobticket" are ignored in this case. The settings in the"Colors" tab are also ignored.
Notes on handling by the Prinect Prepress Manager11.0:
During an output, the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0can automatically select the necessary color mark from the combi mark for each surface (from theoptional content of the PDF marks layer). If a mark
matching the separations is missing, then the mark with one more color is taken and, as a result, thereare gaps in the bar when output.
Proof Color, "Transparent" and "Dieline" colors areignored in the automatic selection of color marksfrom combi marks. These colors have no color controland no assignment to color placeholders. Can beused, e.g. for varnish.
The color name of the job is suggested if the name of the process color and the placeholder for the color inthe mark is the same.
Prinect Prepress Manager Marks
When Prinect Signa Station is installed, you will findanother set of standard marks especially for the Pri-nect Prepress Manager in the folder "Resources >Marks > PtR_Marks".
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 297/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–37
You cannot change the group name or delete the
group. You also cannot modify or generate a mark oradd another mark to this group. Leave the standard
group as it is! For that reason, you should file your ownmarks in a new group you created yourself.
To make changes to the standard marks, you mustfirst copy them to a user-specific group with "Copy Resource / Paste Resource".
Description of the Prinect Prepress Manager Marks
General placeholder marks
The following marks are placeholder marks. The textboxes are replaced by the current data during outputin the Prinect Prepress Manager, but in some casesalready by Prinect Signa Station.
Name in Prinect Signa Station Explanation
PtR_TextMark Job name, layout name, date, time,color separation(is replaced by the Prinect PrepressManager).
PtR_TextMark_Name Order name, layout name, date, time,color separation, customer name
(is replaced by the Prinect PrepressManager). This mark can be copied toa customer-specific marks group
where they can be overwritten withthe name you want, e.g. customer orcompany name.
PtR_ColorMark Name of the separation(is replaced by the Prinect Prepress
Manager).
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 298/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–38 Edition August 2011
PtR_OrderMark_L Job name, customer name, customerID. Arranged as a row (L ine).(is replaced by the Prinect PrepressManager)
PtR_OrderMark_C Job name, customer name, customerID. Arranged as a column (C olumn)(is replaced by the Prinect Prepress
Manager)PtR_BogenNrMark Front / back, sheet number
(is replaced by Prinect Signa Station).
PtR_SignatureMark Signature number(is replaced by the Prinect PrepressManager)
PtR_SchemeMark Signature number, (finishing) sheet
name, front/back, sheet number(the first two are replaced by the Pri-nect Prepress Manager, the next twoby Prinect Signa Station).
PtR_FoldingSheetMark Folding Sheet No: The folding sheetnumber must be specified on the fold-ing sheet so it can be replaced at all.The mark adds the folding sheet num-
ber to this text, e.g.:Folding Sheet No: 1(is replaced by Prinect Signa Station).
PtR_LayoutNotesMark Date/time the layout was created, jobnotes (from the Job Inspector)(is replaced by Prinect Signa Station).
Name in Prinect Signa Station Explanation
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 299/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–39
PtR_ReadersFoldingGroup Provides information on the foldingsheet number, collating group num-ber and front printing in the reader’sspread (see also Reader's Spread,page 12–61).(is replaced by Prinect Signa Station).
PtR_VersioningMark Replaces the product description (=
"language variant") and updates thePrinect Signa Station layer name (e.g.BaseLayer, LanguageLayer or "All").(is replaced by the Prinect PrepressManager)
PtR_ScreenMark Screen system, dot shape, screen fre-quency, resolution (X and Y direc-tions), sequence template name, pro-cess calibration group(is replaced by the Prinect PrepressManager, but only for Imposition Out-put).
PtR_Submit-SurfaceCommentMark You can add a submit and/or surfacecomment(is replaced by the Prinect PrepressManager, but only if comments wereset).
PtR_CalGroupMark Name of the process calibration group(is replaced by the Prinect PrepressManager, but only for Imposition Out-put).
Name in Prinect Signa Station Explanation
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 300/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–40 Edition August 2011
PtR_CalCurveMark Name of the process calibration groupand, if necessary, the calibrationcurve.
You can only replace the calibrationcurve if "Use Standard" is enabled inthe output dialog in the sequence tem-plate (is replaced by the Prinect Pre-press Manager, but only for Imposition
Output).
PtR_ProofSeparationMark Detailed description of the color sepa-rations to proof and plate (is replacedby the Prinect Prepress Manager).
PtR_ProofCodeMark Proof date, proof code, plate code andplate date (is replaced by the PrinectPrepress Manager).
PtR_CustomerMark Customer and customer ID(is replaced by the Prinect PrepressManager, but only if the job has cus-tomer data).
PtR_ApprovalCommentMark Customer approval of layouts, sheets,surfaces (is replaced by the Prinect Pre-press Manager, but only if comments
were set).
PtR_Paper_BindingMark Paper size, paper thickness, gram-mage and binding method (is replacedby Prinect Signa Station)
PtR_PageCountMark Page total (is replaced by Prinect SignaStation).
Name in Prinect Signa Station Explanation
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 301/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–41
Assigned placeholder marks
These marks provide information about the pagethey are nearest to in the imposition scheme.
Note: These marks can also be positioned on the platetemplate off the paper. They are found on the imposi-tion proof but not on the printed sheet.
.
PtR_WebMark Sheet, web name, front and back e.g. Sheet_1_Web_2 Top / Bottom(the first is replaced by the Prinect Pre-press Manager, the next two by Pri-nect Signa Station).
PtR_WorkstyleMark Printing type, workstyle (is replacedby Prinect Signa Station)
Name in Prinect Signa Station Explanation
PtR_PageGeometryMark - Trimmed size (trim box) of the page(media box is used if pages don't have atrim box)- Untrimmed format of the page place-holder in the layout (gray page in thegraphic view)
- Offset of the trim box to the layout,reference point is the bottom left cor-ner of the page (media box is used if pages don't have a trim box)(page with trim box and 3 mm trim isat 3,3; page with 3 mm trim and notrim box is at 0,0)- Page scale in percent- Page orientation (0, 90, 180, 270degrees)
Name in Prinect Signa Station Explanation
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 302/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–42 Edition August 2011
Proofer marks / proof color marks
Some marks are only needed in the proof. For thatreason, these marks only have objects in the proof color (overprint).
These marks are found as they are only in the proof but not in the print. As a result, you can also set them
on the paper.
PtR_AssignMark_C Page name, page position, name of thepage list. Arranged as a column (C =column).
PtR_AssignMark_L Page name, page position, name of thepage list. Arranged as a row (L = line).
PtR_AssignMark_Cs Page name, page position, arranged asa column (C =Column)
PtR_AssignMark_Ls Page name, page position, arranged asa row (line).
PtR_PageNameMark Name of the page
PtR_PageProofMark Name of the proofing sequence tem-plate, ICC proofer profile
PtR_GangJobMark Source job number (page/source num-
bers of a gang run job)
Name in Prinect Signa Station Explanation
PtR_AssignMark_C_ProofColor Pos : $[PagePositionName]Page : $[PageName]PageList : $[PageListName]
Name in Prinect Signa Station Explanation
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 303/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–43
User Marks
Generally, only marks in the Composite EPS formatare suitable for the JDF workflow. Separated usermarks and marks that only have one separation areunsuitable for this.
PtR_AssignMark_Cs_ProofColor Pos : $[PagePositionName]Page : $[PageName]
PtR_AssignMark_L_ProofColor Pos : $[PagePositionName]Page : $[PageName] $[PageListName]
PtR_AssignMark_Ls_ProofColor Pos : $[PagePositionName]Page : $[PageName]
PtR_ProofColorMgrMark_ProofColor Template Name:$[SequenceTemplateName]ICC press profile: $[ICCPressProfile]ICC proofer profile: $[ICCProoferPro-file]
PtR_PageGeometryMark_ProofColor PageTrimSize X / Y:$[PageTrimSizeX], $[PageTrimSizeY]ImpBleedSize X / Y:
$[ImpBleedSizeX], $[ImpBleedSizeY]PageOffset X / Y:$[PageOffsetX], $[PageOffsetY]Scale X / Y:$[PageScaleX], $[PageScaleY]Orientation: $[PageOrientation]
PtR_ImpositionProofMark_ProofColor This contains some boxes that must befilled during the form proof check.
Many companies put a stamp in suchboxes.
Name in Prinect Signa Station Explanation
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 304/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–44 Edition August 2011
For that reason, when generating marks, you must
remember that the separations of the marks can nolonger be used and substituted individually as wasthe case with separated marks.
Creating User Marks
In Prinect Signa Station, you can create your ownmarks with the Marks Editors in "Resources > Marks".
A wide range of placeholders are available for textmarks.
One placeholder is, for example, "$[Date]". It isreplaced by the current date only during output.
Most of the placeholders available in Prinect SignaStation are suitable for output in the Prinect PrepressManager. You can find the current Prinect PrepressManager placeholders in the Prinect Prepress Man-ager Cockpit in:
Administration > Resources >Dynamic Marks
Note: Instead of the placeholders described below, you can also use your custom data that you defined inthe Prinect Prepress Manager in "Administration >Resources > Dynamic Marks".
You can use marks with the Prinect Prepress Managerplaceholders also in other imposition applications.
User marks can also be generated with different DTPapplications.
When user marks are being generated (e.g. withQuark XPress), the fonts used must always be fully embedded and not just a subset of them. This is trueespecially if the marks have Prinect Prepress Managerplaceholders.
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 305/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–45
Note:
0 Only Helvetica, Times and Courier generally always provide a correct run even with non-embedded fonts (Win or Mac Encoding).
0 Spot colors in marks must not have any specialcharacters. If they have, they cannot be used by the Prinect Prepress Manager. At any rate, we rec-ommend using the names of the dummy spot col-ors found in the color control bars (U, V, X, Z, S1 -
S12).
Placeholders for Text Marks
There are three groups of placeholders that are dis-played by group in a table and are replaced in differ-ent ways. Below we will show you the placeholdersavailable in Prinect Signa Station.
Group: Replaced in Prinect Prepress Manager & Prinergy
Placeholders that are replaced by the Prinect Prepress Man-ager in a Prinect Prepress Manager workflow, even if Pri-nect Signa Station is started from the Prinect Prepress Man-ager.These placeholders are replaced by Prinect Signa Station ina workflow without the Prinect Prepress Manager.
Required place-
holder reference
in
Prinect Signa Sta-
tion to make
replacement pos-
sible.
Article Name $[ArticleName] Press Sheet
Article Number $[ArticleID] Press Sheet
ASIR Details (2/5 Interleaved) $[ASIRDetailsI25] Folding Sheet
ASIR Details (Code 128) $[ASIRDetailsC128] Folding Sheet
Asir code (Müller Martini) $[ASIR] Folding Sheet
Job Name $[jobname] Press Sheet
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 306/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–46 Edition August 2011
Job number $[jobid] Press Sheet
Output date $[Date] Press Sheet
Output time $[Time] Press Sheet
Sheet $[Sheet] Press Sheet
Page Document $[DocumentPageName] Page
Layer name $[LayerName] Press Sheet
Trim Box (width) $[PageTrimSizeX] Page
Trim Box (height) $[PageTrimSizeY] Page
Trim Box (offset horizontal) $[PageOffsetX] Page
Trim Box (offset vertical) $[PageOffsetY] Page
Folding Sheet ID $[FoldingSheetID] Folding Sheet
Color Separation $[color] Press Sheet
Color separations: All color names'On all Colors'
$[color all-a] Press Sheet
Color separations: All color namesin separation colors
$[color all-c] Press Sheet
Customer short name $[NickName] Press Sheet
Customer name $[customername] Press Sheet
Customer ID $[customerid] Press Sheet
Group: Replaced in Prinect Prepress Manager & Prinergy
Placeholders that are replaced by the Prinect Prepress Man-ager in a Prinect Prepress Manager workflow, even if Pri-nect Signa Station is started from the Prinect Prepress Man-ager.These placeholders are replaced by Prinect Signa Station ina workflow without the Prinect Prepress Manager.
Required place-holder reference
in
Prinect Signa Sta-
tion to make
replacement pos-
sible.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 307/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–47
Layout bleed size (width) $[ImpBleedSizeX] Page
Layout bleed size (height) $[ImpBleedSizeY] Page
Layout Name $[ImpPlanName] Folding Sheet
Paper thickness $[PaperThickness] Press Sheet
Paper Size $[PaperFormat] Press Sheet
Paper Grammage $[PaperGrammage] Press Sheet
Paper Name $[PaperName] Press Sheet
Paper Grade (ISO) $[PaperFormat] Press Sheet
Calibration $[ProcessCalCurve] Press Sheet
Page rotation (0, 90, 180, 270degrees)
$[PO] Page
Page Comment $[PaperComment] Page
Page List $[PageSetName] PageLayout Page Number $[PagePositionName] Page
Page Number in Document $[DocumentPageNum-ber]
Page
Page scale (width) $[PageScaleX] Page
Page scale (height) $[PageScaleY] Page
Document Keywords $[DocumentKeywords] Page
Group: Replaced in Prinect Prepress Manager & Prinergy
Placeholders that are replaced by the Prinect Prepress Man-ager in a Prinect Prepress Manager workflow, even if Pri-nect Signa Station is started from the Prinect Prepress Man-ager.These placeholders are replaced by Prinect Signa Station ina workflow without the Prinect Prepress Manager.
Required place-holder reference
in
Prinect Signa Sta-
tion to make
replacement pos-
sible.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 308/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–48 Edition August 2011
Product Part $[ProductName] Press Sheet
Document Subject $[DocumentSubject] Page
Document title $[DocumentTitle] Page
Author of the document $[DocumentAuthor] Page
Group: Replaced in all workflows
Placeholders that are always replaced by PrinectSigna Station in every workflow, even if the job/product part is edited with the Prinect PrepressManager.
Required placeholder refer-
ence inPrinect Signa Station to
make replacement possi-
ble.
Absolute Job Path $[JobPath] Press Sheet
Number of press sheetsin the product part
$[PressSheetCount] Press Sheet
Number of foldingsheets in the productpart
$[FoldingSheetCount] Press Sheet
Application $[Application] Press Sheet
Sheet Quantity (SheetOptimization)
$[LabelPrintingVolume] Press Sheet
Output Parameter Set $[OutputParameterSet] Press Sheet
Group: Replaced in Prinect Prepress Manager & Prinergy
Placeholders that are replaced by the Prinect Prepress Man-ager in a Prinect Prepress Manager workflow, even if Pri-nect Signa Station is started from the Prinect Prepress Man-ager.These placeholders are replaced by Prinect Signa Station ina workflow without the Prinect Prepress Manager.
Required place-holder reference
in
Prinect Signa Sta-
tion to make
replacement pos-
sible.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 309/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–49
Required Material (Total Area)
$[RequiredReelArea] Press Sheet
Required Material (Total
Length)
$[RequiredReelLength] Press Sheet
Binding Methods $[Binding] Press Sheet
Sheet Number $[Sheetno] Press Sheet
Lot Number $[LotID] Press Sheet
Printing Type $[PrintType] Press Sheet
Created by $[Creator] Press Sheet
Folding Sheet Descrip-tion / Version
$[FoldingSheetDescrip-tion]
Folding Sheet
Folding sheet number $[Sheetregionno] Folding Sheet
Folding Rule (HDM) $[StahlFold] Press Sheet
Folding Scheme Name $[SchemeName] Folding Sheet
Collating Number $[SheetregionGroupno] Folding SheetCollating Number asLetter
$[SheetregionGroupnoAsCharacter]
Folding Sheet
Work style $[PrintWorkstyle] Press Sheet
Replacers 1-15 $[FreeReplacerXY] Press Sheet
Number of 1ups onSheet
$[PressSheetPageCount] Press Sheet
Group: Replaced in all workflows
Placeholders that are always replaced by PrinectSigna Station in every workflow, even if the job/product part is edited with the Prinect PrepressManager.
Required placeholder refer-ence in
Prinect Signa Station to
make replacement possi-
ble.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 310/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–50 Edition August 2011
Modified by $[Modifier] Each reference
Max. Folding SheetNumber
$[MaxSheetNumber] Folding Sheet
Shape Name $[ShapeName] Folding Sheet
Shape Number $[ShapeID] Folding Sheet
Version Index (e.g. forBarcode)
$[VersionIndex] Folding Sheet
Press Name $[PressName] Press Sheet
Name of the cutting diefile
$[Cff2Name] Press Sheet
Name of the plate tem-plate
$[PlateTemplate] Press Sheet
Job Notes $[OutputComment] Press Sheet
Collating Group Num-ber
$[CollatingGroupno] Folding Sheet
Station Number $[StationNumber] Page
OPP/OPC $[OPP] Press Sheet
Pagination Number $[PaginationNumber] Folding Sheet
Paper Usage (Sheet Opti-mization)
$[LabelOptimizationPape-rUsage]
Press Sheet
Paper Usage per Sheet
(Sheet Optimization)
$[LabelOptimizationPape-
rUsagePerSheet]
Press Sheet
Group: Replaced in all workflows
Placeholders that are always replaced by PrinectSigna Station in every workflow, even if the job/product part is edited with the Prinect PrepressManager.
Required placeholder refer-ence in
Prinect Signa Station to
make replacement possi-
ble.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 311/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–51
Paper Name (Sheet Opti-mization)
$[LabelOptimizationPa-perName]
Press Sheet
Position on Paper $[PositionOnPaper] Press Sheet
Report Page Number $[ReportPageNo] Press Sheet
Web Name $[WebName] Press Sheet
Front and Back / Topand Bottom
$[SurfaceName] Press Sheet
Segment Name $[SegmentName] Page
Number of Pages $[PageCount] Press Sheet
Page Cut Index $[PageCutIndex] Press Sheet
Part number $[Tile] Press Sheet
Product Part Comment $[JobpartComment] Press Sheet
Version Name (Lan-guage Version)
$[VersionName] Folding Sheet
Tool ID $[ToolID] Press Sheet
Group: No replacement
Placeholders that are not replaced by Prinect SignaStation but by the Prinect Prepress Manager.
Are not replaced. Should
refer in
Prinect Signa Stationto the
press sheet.
Resolution (X direction) $[ResolutionX] Press Sheet
Group: Replaced in all workflows
Placeholders that are always replaced by PrinectSigna Station in every workflow, even if the job/product part is edited with the Prinect PrepressManager.
Required placeholder refer-ence in
Prinect Signa Station to
make replacement possi-
ble.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 312/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–52 Edition August 2011
Resolution (Y direction) $[ResolutionY] Press Sheet
Sheet Variant Name $[VariantName] Press Sheet
Sheet Description $[SheetDescription] Press Sheet
Sheet ID $[SheetID] Press Sheet
Surface Comment $[SurfaceComment] Press Sheet
ICC press profile $[ICCPressProfile] Press Sheet
ICC proofer profile $[ICCProoferProfile] Press Sheet
Customer Approval Com-ment
$[CustomerApproval-Comment]
Press Sheet
Customer Job Name $[CustomerJobname] Press Sheet
Customer Job Number $[CustomerJobID] Press Sheet
Linearization group $[LinearizationGroup] Press Sheet
Linearization curve $[LinearizationCurve] Press Sheet
MetaDimension Inter-preter
$[Interpreter] Press Sheet
Name of the sequencetemplate
$[SequenceTemplate-Name]
Press Sheet
Plate Date $[PlateDate] Press Sheet
Plate ID $[PlateID] Press Sheet
Plate ID All Plates $[PlateID all] Press Sheet
Plate Code $[PlateCode] Press Sheet
Group: No replacement
Placeholders that are not replaced by Prinect SignaStation but by the Prinect Prepress Manager.
Are not replaced. Shouldrefer in
Prinect Signa Stationto the
press sheet.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 313/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–53
Plate Number $[Plateno] Press Sheet
Production ApprovalComment
$[ProductionApproval-Comment]
Press Sheet
Proof Date $[ProofDate] Press SheetProof ID $[ProofID] Press Sheet
Proof Code $[ProofCode] Press Sheet
Process Calibration Group $[ProcessCalGroup] Press Sheet
Dot shape $[DotShape] Press Sheet
Screen system $[ScreenSystem] Press Sheet
Screen Frequency $[ScreenRuling] Press Sheet
Page Source Job Number $[PageSourceJobID] Press Sheet
Signature number $[Signature] Press Sheet
Submit Comment $[SubmitComment] Press Sheet
Group: No replacement
Placeholders that are not replaced by Prinect SignaStation but by the Prinect Prepress Manager.
Are not replaced. Shouldrefer in
Prinect Signa Stationto the
press sheet.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 314/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–54 Edition August 2011
Working with Layers
In Prinect Signa Station
The setting in "Job Details" > Number of Layers" in the Job Inspector > "Administrative Data" tab or in the Job Assistant > "Job Data" defines your work with severallayers.
For example, an input of "2" in "Number of Layers" in
the JDF workflow means that your output will havetwo layers for each language variant, a language-inde-pendent basic layer and a language layer.
Scenario: A different procedure is available in anexclusive Prinect Signa Station workflow (withoutthe Prinect Prepress Manager):
A Prinect Signa Station job can comprise a maximumof 100 layers. If a complete output per language variant
comprises 2 layers such as a language-independent base layer plus a language layer the decision is made only during
printing that the language-independent base layer(e.g. layer 1) is combined with a language variant andone of the max. 99 language layers (e.g. layers 2 to 99)for each output.
The layer names set at Prinect Signa Station in "File >Preferences > Names", in the Job Inspector > "Adminis-
trative Data" tab and in the Job Assistant > "Job Data"are accepted by the Prinect Prepress Manager andshown in the lists.
With "Print Job...", all the layers are always written tothe JDF layout, irrespective of the number of activelayers in Prinect Signa Station and whether or notthey are selected in "Print Job".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 315/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–55
In the Prinect Prepress Manager
The Prinect Prepress Manager creates an extra general view for a language version besides the number of lay-ers that are available per language version from Pri-nect Signa Station. There is a page list for each layer;all layouts feature a common (language-independent)basic page list.
Examples:
German layout:General view: AllLayer 1: Language-independentLayer 2: German text
English layout:General view: AllLayer 1: Language-independentLayer 2: English text
Or:
For example, an input of "3" in "Number of Layers"means that your output will have 3 layers, and the Pri-nect Prepress Manager will show a general view inaddition to these 3 layers, e.g. All, a layer with images,one with figures and a language-dependent layer.
Layout for car dealer in Heidelberg:General view: All
Layer 1: Common imagesLayer 2: Heidelberg figuresLayer 3: Language-related prices(up to max. 12 layers per language version)
Note: For further information about working withseveral layers, please see the Prinect Prepress Man-ager User's Guide/Workflow.2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 316/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–56 Edition August 2011
Finishing Data in JDF
Finishing Sheet Name
For finishing, there are four different variants to theFinishing sheet name:
1. Is enabled in the output parameter set > "Finishing"tab > "Workflow > Undefined":The sheet names are assigned as follows: A_FB_01,
A_FB_02 ..., with "A" the product part name.2. Is enabled in the output parameter set > "Finishing"
tab > "Workflow > with DataControl":The sheet names are assigned as follows:0001#Sheet_1
3. Is enabled in the output parameter set > "Finishing"tab > "Workflow > with PECOM":The sheet names are assigned as follows: 1WFB
pEcOm001, 1WFB pEcOm002 ...
4. A single sheet name that was defined in the PressSheet Inspector overrides some of the above settings.
A "#FB 00x" (e.g. #FB 001) is added automatically tothe single sheet name. This assigns suitable numbersto the sheets (not with PECOM).
Note:
These sheet names not only are written to the Finish-ing administrative data but are also shown in the lay-outs displayed in the Prinect Prepress Manager userinterface.
Blanks in a sheet name are converted automatically to underscores ("_").
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 317/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–57
Saddlestitcher
Output parameter set > "Finishing" tab > "Saddles-titcher": The inputs in "Staple Shape" and "Number of Staples" are used in the Finishing data as usual.
You can now also set these parameters in the Job Assistant in "Postpress Parameters".
Cutting and Folding Data
These result from the set cut and folding marks andthe scheme gaps.
Color Control and Registration Data
The data about color control and registration resultfrom the set marks. Marks can be "Register Mark" or"Color Control Mark".
Finishing Data Set by Prinect Signa Station not Used byPrinect Prepress Manager
Some data are defined only by the Prinect PrepressManager / Prinect Prinance and, consequently, are notused in the jdf job when set by Prinect Signa Station:Customer ID, customer name, job number.
Dimensioning for Output and for Finishing Data You define the dimensions in the Plate Template Edi-tor:
Plate Format (Width/Height)
Produces the physical plate size in the JDF layout.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 318/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–58 Edition August 2011
Paper Definitions
0 Max. paper width / height
For your information only, no inputs are necessary in the JDF layout.
0 Baseline
Produces the Y value for TransferCurveSet Paper inthe JDF layout. The Y value corresponds to thebaseline of the Signa Station Classic.
The X value is the result of the plate width minusthe paper width (value taken from "Paper Defini-tion for Production") divided by two. Thisdescribes the absolute position of the paper on theplate (distance between the lower left corner of the paper and the lower left corner of the plate).
0 Gripper Margin
Affects the distribution of the schemes on thepress sheet, no inputs are necessary in the JDF lay-out.
0 X Offset
Modifies the X value for TransferCurveSet Paper inthe JDF layout.
Imaging Window
0 Width/Height
Produces "SurfaceContentsBox" in the JDF layout.Corresponds to media / exposing window.
0 X/Y
Produces the value for TransferCurveSet Plate inthe JDF layout. This describes the absolute posi-
tion of the imaging window on the plate.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 319/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–59
You can set the data in the Job Inspector > "Plates" tab
or in the Job Assistant > "Printing Plates".Paper Definition for Production: Width/Height: Pro-duces the physical paper size in the JDF layout(Dimension Type Paper, CIP3 PaperExtent).
Working with Tiling
Overview of a Workflow with Tiling
In Prinect Signa Station, the user can print the Pri-nect Signa Station job as a JDF in two ways:
0 as a JDF layout without tiling
and
0 as a JDF layout with tiling
The use of both variants makes your work in the Pri-
nect Prepress Manager easier. Normally, a JDF layout with tiling would be enough.
In the Prinect Prepress Manager, this JDF pair isimported with "Import Layout" so that it has a com-mon page list. In other words, the second JDF layout isimported with the "Assign Page List(s)" option.
In the Prinect Prepress Manager, you mainly work with the JDF layout without tiling for assigning
pages, imposition proof (not tiled), creating finishingdata, etc. The JDF layout with tiling is only used forthe final output.
Operation in Prinect Signa Station
Work with tiling in the usual way.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 320/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–60 Edition August 2011
You set which tiles will be rotated by 180 degrees in
the output parameter set in the "Punches" tab. Allother settings do not affect your work.
Later in your JDF layout, you will find these tilesrotated by 180 degrees and you can assign them tilingtext marks and tiling register marks as usual.
To enable the tiles to be aligned to the punches, anappropriate punch parameter set (F1 - F10) is definedin the Engine Manager in "Punches" (centered, offset)
and enabled in the process plan for the final output.
Operation in the Prinect Prepress Manager
The PtR_TilingMark replaces the surface namesshown in the Prinect Prepress Manager job.
For example, surfaces that are already printed areassigned to the lists in the Prinect Prepress Manager
for printing the back.Prinect Signa Station automatically places additionaltiling marks into the extra space. In "Output Parame-ter Set > Options" you can use the option "Don't gener-ate tiling marks" to decide whether or not you wantto output the "TilingRegister" und "TilingText" marksas well.
Finishing Data
Correct Finishing data are not created for tiling.
Work Style/Printing Mode
Prinect Signa Station writes workflow information tothe JDF layouts:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 321/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–61
Single-sided: Simplex
Work-and-turn: WorkAndTurn Work-and-tumble: WorkAndTumbleSheetwise: WorkAndBack Perfector: Perfecting
In addition, there are details whether the layout is forsheetfed or web offset. The data are available in thePrinect Prepress Manager, for example, in "ImportLayout".
Reader's Spread
It's easy to create a reader's spread automatically withthe Prinect Prepress Manager's "Create ReadersSpread..." (see Automatically Creating a Reader’sSpread in Prinect Prepress Manager, page 12–62).
Here are some tips for the case that you will set it
manually:
You can create a true-binding reader's spread from aready Prinect Signa Station job showing the job-spe-cific sheet layout with the "Product Part in Reader'sSpread" function in Prinect Signa Station. You can
view the reader's spread on the monitor or send it tothe Prinect Prepress Manager as a JDF layout to pro-duce a sample copy and output it, for example, on a
page proofer.Reader's spread with the Interactive Prinect Signa Sta-tion:
In this case, you must start the interactive PrinectSigna Station with "Open as Copy" in order to pre-serve the existing layout.
You can right-click to trigger the output of thereader's spread with "Print Product Part".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 322/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–62 Edition August 2011
Note: The reader's spread can also contain a collating
mark. The collating marks will be set in the reader'sspread according to their grouping in the source lay-out if the source layout contains collating marks. Thefolding sheets are "grouped" in the reader's spread sothat only the outer pages bear a collating mark each.
To improve sorting of the proofed sheets there is the"PtR_ReadersFoldingGroup" replacement mark thatindicates the folding sheet number, the collatinggroup number and "Front" on the front side (see alsoTable of PtR Marks).
An 8up is thus turned into four 2ups in the reader'sspread. In this case, only the outside sheet bears thecollating mark and the individual pages are num-bered consecutively 1,1 - 2,1 - 3,1 - 4,1 - 5,1 - 6,1 - 7,1 - 8,1,in each case followed by "Front". The second sheetdoes not bear a collating mark and the individualpages are consecutively numbered 1.2 -2.2 -3.2 -4.2 -5.2
-6.2 -7.2 -8.2, followed by "Front", etc.
Automatically Creating a Reader’s Spread in Prinect PrepressManager
A layout like a reader’s spread can be automatically created in addition to the JDF layouts in the PrinectPrepress Manager job.
Prerequisites:
0 The respective JDF layout was created by PrinectSigna Station 2.0.
0 This function is only available at Cockpits with aproperly configured interactive Prinect Signa Sta-tion. Otherwise this function will be grayed.
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 323/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–63
0 The respective JDF layout was created in the
“Imposition” or “Automatic Imposition” mode.Otherwise this function will be grayed.
Note: The function can neither be applied to JDF lay-outs with gang run forms nor to JDF layouts fromother imposition applications such as SignaStationClassic.
Operation in Prinect Signa Station
In "Resources > Product Part Templates > Standard"Prinect Signa Station offers some options for creatingreader's spreads.
You can create a custom group parallel to the "Stan-dard" folder where you can save further custom tem-plates for a reader’s spread.
Choose one of the templates for creating future
reader’s spreads in "Preferences > Resources > Reader'sSpread Template".
Operation in the Prinect Prepress Manager
Select a layout in the job and "Create reader’sspread..." in the context-sensitive menu.
Notes:
0 While creation is in progress, the Cockpit behaveslike with an interactive Prinect Signa Station - it isinoperable and displays the message "Waiting forImposition Software".
0 The Prinect Prepress Manager job now comprisesthe source layout and an additional reader’sspread layout. Both the source layout and thereader’s spread layout must have a common page
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 324/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–64 Edition August 2011
list in order to apply assignment corrections to
both layouts.0 The new reader’s spread was based on the acti- vated "Proof Layout".
0 A reader’s spread based on the complete layout iscreated for partially output layouts, i.e. whereonly some of the sheets contained in the PrinectSigna Station jobs were written as a JDF layout(although the .sdf job comprises all sheets).
Automatic Imposition in the Prinect Prepress Manager
Sheets can be automatically added to JDF layouts inthe Prinect Prepress Manager job if the page listlength and, consequently, the number of pages havegrown.
Prerequisites:
0 The respective JDF layout was created by PrinectSigna Station 2.0.
0 This function is only available at Cockpits with aproperly configured interactive Prinect Signa Sta-tion. Otherwise this function will be grayed.
0 The respective JDF layout was created in the “Auto-matic Imposition” mode. Otherwise this function
will be grayed.
Notes:
0 While creation is in progress, the Cockpit behaveslike with an interactive Prinect Signa Station - it isinoperable and displays the message "Waiting forImposition Software".
0 The function is unsuitable for a partially printed
layout with irregular page sequences.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 325/363
ABC Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 12–65
Note: The function can neither be applied to JDF lay-
outs with gang run forms nor to JDF layouts fromother imposition applications such as SignaStationClassic.
Operation in the Prinect Prepress Manager
1. The layout has been imported.
2. Select the relevant layout in "Jobs > Elements > Lay-outs" and select "Automatic Imposition..." in the con-text-sensitive menu.
3. The new number of pages must be at least the num-ber of the previous page list + 1.
4. Prinect Signa Station now creates a layout accord-ingly expanded by sheets.
5. Save the modified layout. The layout will overwritethe existing layout in the job with the same name.
AutoComplete
JDF layouts from job preparation (MIS) can be createdand completed automatically in the Prinect PrepressManager.
Prerequisites:
0 You have the data from the MIS.
Notes:
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 326/363
Working with the Prinect Prepress Manager 11.0 ABC
12–66 Edition August 2011
0 The data are created in the Prinect Prepress Man-
ager via the JDF Connector.
Operation in the Prinect Prepress Manager
1. Prerequisite: In Prinect Signa Station, you must havedefined the JDF output parameter set you want in"File > Preferences > Import > Resources Default for
JDFs with Job Prep Data".
2. The JDF Connector creates a Prinect Prepress Manager job.
3. Select the relevant layout in "Jobs > Elements > Lay-outs" and select "Complete Layout..." in the context-sensitive menu.
4. While creation is in progress, the Cockpit behaveslike with an interactive Prinect Signa Station - it isinoperable and displays the message "Waiting for
Imposition Software".5. The JDF layout is now created automatically via Pri-
nect Signa Station and sent again to the Prinect Pre-press Manager.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 327/363
13 User Administration
Concept
Prinect Signa Station has its own user management.This means that you can define and manage yourusers yourself in Prinect Signa Station.
User permissions in Prinect Signa Station basically control how resources are handled.
User data are managed locally by Prinect Signa Sta-tion. If there is a connection to an MDS server, the
MDS is first queried for user data. Only if the user isunknown in the MDS is the search and login thenlocal in Prinect Signa Station.
The following is applicable both for local and for Pri-nect user management: The permissions of a user aredefined solely by belonging to one of the followingpermission groups:
0 Group with administrator permissions
0 Group with Poweruser permissions
0 Group with user permissions
The permissions of the group are based on ahierarchy: administrator permissions have the mostauthority and guest permissions the least.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 328/363
The following users are defined by default after instal-
lation:Local user management:
Prinect user management:
You must log in as administrator with "Signa" as youruser name and "signa" as your password the first time
you start Prinect Signa Station after installation. Youthen have permission to create users and assign themto the permission group desired.
Only "PrePress" users can log in at Prinect Signa Sta-
tion.
Predefined Users User Name Password Permission Groups
Administrator Signa signa local\Administrators
PredefinedUsers User Name Password Permission Groups
Administrator PrePressAdministrator ? MDS\PrePressAdministra-tors
Poweruser PrePressPoweruser ? MDS\PrePressPowerusers
User PrePressUser ? MDS\PrePressUsers
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 329/363
Assigning Permissions
You assign user permissions in "Jobs & Resources >Resources & Machines > User Data".
You can create users with the context-sensitive menuin the relevant permission group. The followingexample will be used to describe the procedure.
Example: Creating and assigning a user to a permission group.
We will create the following user in this example:
0 User name: "HD_Admin"
0 Password: "Heidelberg"
0 Permission group: Administrator permissions
0 Local user management
Creating a User
1. Mark "PrePress Administrators" in "User Data" and dis-play the context-sensitive menu.
2. Click "New User Data..." to create the new user.
3. Type in "HD_Admin" as the user name and "Heidel-berg" as the password twice and click "Save".
You will then see the new "HD_Admin" user in the list
of defined "PrePress Administrators". The new "HD_Admin" user now has the permissions of the"PrePressAdministrators" group.
(4.) You can change the password of every user. To do this,double-click the user in the user list, enter a new pass-
word twice and then click "Save".
(5.) You can delete every user that you created. Mark theuser and display the context-sensitive menu. Click
"Delete User Data" to remove the user.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 330/363
Assigning Different Permissions to a User
Let's take the new "HD_Admin" user from the aboveexample. This user is just to have Poweruser permis-sions instead of administrator permissions.
1. Mark the "HD_Admin" user.
2. Drag-and-drop the user to the "PrepressPoweruser"group.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 331/363
Permissions Table for Prinect Signa Station
User Login
A login dialog always appears for logging in to Pri-nect Signa Station.
To skip the login dialog, you can define in PrinectSigna Station which user will be logged in automati-cally when Signa Station launches.
In "File > Preferences > General > Default User", enablethe check box and select a user.
User Logoff
The user currently logged in can log off at any time with "File > Logoff". A user must log off first beforeanother user logs in.
Function
PrePressAdminis-trators
PrePressPowerus-ers
PrePressUsers
Resources
Create a new resource Yes Yes Yes
Lock resources All All No
Modify resources All All One's own
Unlock resources All One's own No
Copy locked resource Yes Yes Yes
User management (delete, change, set up) All No No
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 332/363
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 333/363
ABC Prinance Connection
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 14–1
14 Prinance Connection
General
In this chapter we will describe the preliminary work required at the Prinect Signa Station and Prinect Pri-nance to ensure that both programs work togethersmoothly.
In addition, a whole, typical job will be described toillustrate this.
The job shows you how a job estimate is created with
Prinect Prinance and how these data can then be usedfor further processing in the Prinect Signa Station.
The documentation is valid for the Prinect Signa Sta-tion as of version 10.0 and for Prinect Prinance as of
version 4.56.
Preparatory Work
To make sure that your workflow runs smoothly andautomatically, you must do some preliminary work at Prinect Prinance and at the Prinect Signa Station.For example, you must match schemes on both sidesand define settings at the JDF Connectors.
We will explain the necessary settings to you in thesections below in their chronological order.
Schemes Prinect Prinance
After a standard installation, Prinect Prinance auto-matically creates the Standard folder for PrinectSigna Station folding schemes in the "$Prinance\JDF-Schemes" folder.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 334/363
Prinance Connection ABC
14–2 Edition August 2011
Estimates can be calculated using these folding
schemes, provided that you are also working with theStandard folder in the Prinect Signa Station. If this isnot the case, read the next heading. Verify that thefolding schemes were created properly.
1. In Prinect Prinance, go to "PrinAdmin" in the "Pri-nance" menu.
2. Select "System > SignaStation Configuration".The window that displays shows you the path and the
available folding schemes.
Exporting Schemes from Prinect Signa Station
If you have your own or modified folding schemes ina folder you created at the Prinect Signa Station, youmust make this folder available to Prinect Prinance asfollows:
1. At the Prinect Signa Station select "Jobs & Resources >Schemes".
2. Open the folder structure by clicking the arrow beside "Schemes".
3. Mark the folder of the group you created and display the context-sensitive menu (PC: right-click,Macintosh: ctrl + mouse click).
4. Select "Export Group > Unpack...".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 335/363
ABC Prinance Connection
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 14–3
5. In the window that displays select the target folder of the Prinance server and confirm it with "Save". SeeSchemes Prinect Prinance, page 14– 1 for details.
The folding schemes are now available at Prinect Pri-nance.
Note: Remember that if you make changes to the fold-ing schemes at the Prinect Signa Station, you mustalways import these schemes again.
XML Generation at Prinect Prinance
You must have configured XML generation at PrinectPrinance to be able to output a job ticket in JDF for-mat:
1. In Prinect Prinance, go to "PrinAdmin" in the "Pri-nance" menu.
2. Select "Performance Tables > JDF Configuration >General".
3. Check the "Create .xml File for JDF" option.
4. Define a hotfolder for output:
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 336/363
Prinance Connection ABC
14–4 Edition August 2011
The XML file is needed as a basis to convert a job ticketto the JDF format later using the JDFConnector.
An XML file is written with Word when the job ticketis output.
Configuration of the JDFConnector at Prinect Prinance
You must have configured the JDFConnector as fol-
lows at Prinect Prinance to be able to convert the XMLfile to the JDF format that is needed:
1. Start the JDFConnector in Windows with "Start > AllPrograms > Prinance":
2. In the "Prinance JDF Workflow" tab, define the hot-folder for the conversion of the XML file and the out-put folder for the ready JDF file:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 337/363
ABC Prinance Connection
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 14–5
For interaction with the Prinect Signa Station, the JDF output directory at the same time should be thehotfolder of the Prinect Signa Station JDFConnector.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 338/363
Prinance Connection ABC
14–6 Edition August 2011
We will describe the configuration of the JDFConnec-
tor and the settings required at the Prinect Signa Sta-tion in the section below.
Configuration of the JDFConnector at Prinect Signa Station
During installation, you must select the JDFConnec-tor for the Prinect Signa Station separately in the"Installer" so that it is available after installation.
After installation, you must enable the JDFConnectorin "Preferences" at the Prinect Signa Station:
1. Select "File > Preferences > Import".
2. Check "AutoStart JDF Connector".
3. Select a hotfolder by clicking the folder icon after"Input" and the output directory after "Output".
Note: For a fully automated conversion, the hotfolder
of the JDFConnector at the Prinect Signa Stationshould be identical to the output directory of the JDF-Connector at Prinect Prinance.
4. The "Automatic Gaps with JDF Import" and "Auto-matic Positioning during JDF Import" options shouldbe checked in "JDF Attributes".
Note: The values are copied as they are from the JDFto the Prinect Signa Station if the options are not
checked.Remember that the Prinect Signa Station has prod-uct-specific algorithms to correct any errors from the
JDF.
2
2
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 339/363
ABC Prinance Connection
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 14–7
Matching of the Binding Methods
For binding, make sure that in Prinect Prinance thebinding operation, e.g. wire-backing, has beenassigned a subsequent one ("Bindtype"), e.g. saddles-titching.
If finishing is to be done by another firm, you muststill define an operation ("Bindtype") because the Pri-
nect Signa Station needs the finishing data. Proceedas follows:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 340/363
Prinance Connection ABC
14–8 Edition August 2011
1. In Prinect Prinance, go to "PrinAdmin" in the "Pri-
nance" menu.2. Select "Performance Tables > Bindtype".
3. The usual operations are linked by default in this sec-tion. If finishing is to be done by another firm, youmust create a link with "other", for example, anddefine the appropriate costs for it. See the Prinect Pri-nance documentation for details.
Matching Press and Plate Templates
A very important aspect for interaction of the twoprograms is that the press in Prinect Prinance ismatched to the plate template in the Prinect SignaStation. The names must be identical in both pro-grams. Proceed as follows:
Procedure in Prinect Prinance
1. In Prinect Prinance, go to "PrinAdmin" in the "Pri-nance" menu.
2. Select "Performance Tables > Estimating > Cost cen-ter".
3. In this section, you create the press you want and giveit a name, e.g. "GTO52TD" in "Short name". This namemust be the same name as the name of the plate tem-
plate in the Prinect Signa Station. See the Prinect Pri-nance documentation for details.
Procedure in Prinect Signa Station
You must now create a plate template with the samename in the Prinect Signa Station:
4. Select "Jobs & Resources > Plate Templates".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 341/363
ABC Prinance Connection
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 14–9
5. Mark the "Plate Template" folder and display the con-
text-sensitive menu.6. Select "New Group" and name it, e.g. "Prinect".
7. Mark the new folder and display the context-sensitivemenu.
8. Select "New Plate Template...".
9. The "Plate Template Editor" opens. Click the folderbutton after "Press" and select e.g. "GTO52" from the
Standard folder. If necessary, change parameters andin "Plate Template Name" assign the same name asthe press from Prinect Prinance, in our example"GTO52TD".
10. Save your new plate template.
11. You must define the "correct" folder in "Preferences"so that the Prinect Signa Station accesses the rightone when JDF files are imported.
12. Select "File > Preferences > Import".
13. In "Default Group for Imports (JDF / Signa9 Template)"click the folder button and select the "Prinect" folder
you created above.
14. Save this setting.
Example of Job Data After you finished the preliminary steps at the Pri-nect Signa Station and Prinect Prinance, you can now start with the estimating, transfer and output of asample job.
The sample job describes only the inputs that areabsolutely necessary at Prinect Prinance. The parame-ters that will be accepted or interpreted by the Pri-nect Signa Station will be described.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 342/363
Prinance Connection ABC
14–10 Edition August 2011
The Prinect Signa Station accepts parameters from
the JDF, in some cases as they are, or checks (inter-prets) them to see that they match the job. Theseparameters will be itemized in the sample job.
Messages appear if JDF files have implausible settings when they are imported to the Prinect Signa Station.These messages suggest a corrective measure.
Job Specifications
0 CustomerHeidelberger Druckmaschinen AG
0 Job data:96-page product documentation with a print runof 2000 copies.
0 Pages: A5 untrimmed
0 Binding methods:Saddlestitching
0 Presses:4 pages, cover, GTO5292 pages, body, SM74-4P
Procedure
Estimating and JDF Output in Prinect Prinance
1. Open Prinect Prinance and go to "Estimating >New...".
2. In the "Customer" tab, click the "binoculars" andselect a customer. We will select Heidelberger Druck-maschinen AG as mentioned above.
3. The following parameters are copied to the JDF fromthe "Customer" tab:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 343/363
ABC Prinance Connection
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 14–11
0 Customer ID
0 Customer
4. Go to the "Product" tab.
5. You will set parameters for "Quantity", "ProductType", "Pages", "Job name", "Finished Size" and the col-ors you want in the "Product" tab:
6. The following parameters are copied to the JDF fromthe "Product" tab:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 344/363
Prinance Connection ABC
14–12 Edition August 2011
0 Quantity
0 Type of product
0 Volume Pages
0 Job name
0 Finished Size
The following parameter is interpreted if used:
0 Bleed size
7. Go to the "Machines" tab.
8. First define settings for the cover in the "Machine"tab.
9. Select "GTO52" in the list box in "Press".
10. Select a suitable paper by clicking "Choice" in "Paper(Sheet)".
11. Select "All Papers", for example, in "Group of Goods"and click the "Find" button. All available papers dis-play as a list. Click "CB white" for example and apply it by clicking the arrow button at the top right.
12. Click "Close" to return to the overview:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 345/363
ABC Prinance Connection
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 14–13
13. Click the button below to select a suitable foldingscheme:
14. The "Template browser" displays.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 346/363
Prinance Connection ABC
14–14 Edition August 2011
15. All the folding schemes matching the job are listed
automatically. We will select "F04-01_ui_2x1". Thebutton for selecting the template browser is now "yel-low" because you assigned a scheme.
16. The inputs for the cover are now finished.
17. Now define the body in the same way as justdescribed. Click the "Text" box at the top right.
18. Enter the following parameters:
0 Press: "SM74-4-P"0 Paper: "CD white"
0 Folding scheme: "F04-01_ui_2x1"
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 347/363
ABC Prinance Connection
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 14–15
19. The following parameters are copied to the JDF fromthe "Machine" tab:
0 Pre-cut to
0 Paper
0 1up
0 Folding scheme
The following parameters are interpreted:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 348/363
Prinance Connection ABC
14–16 Edition August 2011
0 Machine
0 Trim
0 Printing Work Style
The most important parameters for processing in thePrinect Signa Station are now entered.
20. To output the job, go now to the "Job Ticket" tab.
21. Click through the tabs in "Job Ticket" to check thedata set in estimating.
22. The setups in the preliminary work let you output the job by clicking the button below:
The JDF file for the job is written and filed in thefolder you defined.
Applying the JDF File in the Prinect Signa Station
23. The JDF file is now located in the "JDFConnectorOut"folder of the Prinect Signa Station computer becauseof the preliminary work you did.
It will only go there if the Prinect Signa Station com-puter is switched on and the Prinect Signa Stationand JDFConnector are started.
24. Open the JDF file with "File > Import > JDF...". In ourexample, the JDF name is "06-0026.jdf". The name isthe assigned job number and is in the "Job Ticket" tabin Prinect Prinance.
25. The Job Assistant launches automatically, displayingthe following window:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 349/363
ABC Prinance Connection
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 14–17
26. The Prinect Signa Station recognizes the parametersentered in Prinect Prinance and has almost fully pre-
pared the job specified in Prinect Prinance for output.
27. The progress bar in Job Assistant (orange dot) shows you at what stage parameters are integrated from Pri-nect Prinance. Click through the single stages.
28. When you are at the last step, you can close the Job Assistant with the "end" right arrow button. The jobappears in the Browser window in the "Product Parts"
tab.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 350/363
Prinance Connection ABC
14–18 Edition August 2011
29. Your job is not yet saved on your hard disk at this
point. Now save it to your hard disk with the "File >Save" menu.
30. You now have the chance to check all your setups with the Inspectors and make any necessary changesor corrections.
31. To finish, you now only have to import the PDF file(the pages) and then output the job. See the PrinectSigna Station documentation for details on import
and output.
32. The next page shows you what the finished job lookslike in the graphic window of the Prinect Signa Sta-tion:
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 351/363
ABC Prinance Connection
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide 14–19
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 352/363
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 353/363
ABC Glossary
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide
Glossary
1up The number of identical objects to be created on the
same piece of material. In a 2up, the page appearstwice. The page appears four times in a 4up.
The application incorporates all the changes youmade to a page when you create one or more 1ups. Forexample, trim marks or page-related marks are cop-ied to all the other 1ups. In Prinect Signa Station, the1up can be set in "Assembly Block Inspector > CopiesX/Y".
Back The back of a press sheet.
Binding The binding fastens the sheets of a printing job. Thebinding mode (saddlestitch or perfect binding) affectsthe imposition scheme of a plate template. If you useperfect binding, the Prinect Signa Station uses thehighest and lowest pages to calculate the exact posi-tion for the remaining pages.
Use "Product Part Inspector > Binding" to select the
binding mode.
Bleed Printed area that is defined beyond the page size. Thisavoids white "flashes" by page elements that areprinted up to the edge of the page. Bleed is generally 3mm per side margin.
CFF2 file In packaging printing, the format of the CAD filemust be "CFF2" ("Common File Format Revision 2").The CFF2 file defines the cutting die of a group of 1ups of the same kind. It may also contain the defini-tion for a polygonal clip path of the 1ups.
A single 1up can also be loaded to create a custom lay-out.
CIP3 The data format specified by the CIP3 consortium isknown as the "Print Production Format" (PPF). The fileextension is ".ppf". CIP3-PPF files are in ASCII format.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 354/363
Edition August 2011
Glossary ABC
CIP4 The "Job Definition Format" (JDF) was introduced as a
further development of well-known technologiessuch as PPF and PJTF (Adobe Portable Job Ticket For-mat). The JDF is based on the XML data format. JDFcombines the job ticket specifications with a messagedescription standard and a message interchange pro-tocol. The file extension is ".jdf". The PPF data are asubset in a JDF file.
Clip path A clip path runs around a 1up in packaging printingand in the Montage mode with the "Packaging"option enabled. A rectangular clip path is defined by means of the trim. You can also have a polygonal clippath that may be defined in the CFF2 file.
Collating mark A collating mark is a control mark printed in the back margin between the first and last pages of a foldedsheet. For each following signature, the collatingmark is printed lower by its own length. The collatingmark can be used to do a visual check that all signa-
tures have been printed and that they are in the cor-rect order.
Prinect Signa Station uses the number of front sheetsto calculate where and between which two-pagespreads to position the collating mark. Use the "Prod-uct Part Inspector > Binding" to select automatic posi-tioning for the collating mark.
Contour In packaging printing, a contour (or hull) is the cut-
ting die of a group of 1ups of the same kind. A CFF2file may contain several contours, e.g. for differentboxes.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 355/363
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide
ABC Glossary
Creeping In books with saddlestitch binding, the paper bulk
pushes the innermost pages outward, that is, away from the spine of the book. After the binder hastrimmed the book, the innermost pages have a nar-row margin at the edge opposite the spine. The mar-gin for the outermost pages is wider. This is set in"Product Part Inspector > "Binding".
EPSF Encapsulated PostScript File. A file containing struc-tured PostScript commands and comments.
Folding mark This marks the position where a fold will be made. Itcan be set automatically or manually. Automatic posi-tioning of the folding marks is set in the "Product PartInspector > Binding".
Folding scheme In the folding scheme, you define the number andarrangement of the placeholders for the pages on thepress sheet and the folding rule. No dimensional dataare defined in a folding scheme.
You define a folding scheme with the Folding SchemeEditor. You assign the folding scheme in the "Imposi-tion" or "Automatic Imposition" work modes. Youassign it when creating a job in the Job Assistant >"Folding Schemes" or in the "Product Part Inspector >Schemes".
Front Refers to the front of a signature.
Gap In Prinect Signa Station, the spacing between the
pages within an imposition scheme is known as a gap.In label printing, you must create a gap if the colors of the 1ups do not allow a separation cut.
Gripper Margin The margin used by the grippers of the printingmachine to feed in the printing sheet. The width of the gripper margin varies depending on the printingmachine. A gripper margin of 10mm (0.5in) is nor-mal. The gripper margin is taken into account auto-
matically in Prinect Signa Station.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 356/363
Edition August 2011
Glossary ABC
Imposition Scheme Corresponds to the term "folding scheme" (see below).
Master label In sheet optimization, a master label is the label that you will copy and is equivalent to an assembly block.
Master page type The master page type can be a right page, left page ora special master page. Different master pages arerequired when the trimmed size differs in the scheme(special master page) or when the trim boxes of theassigned PDF documents are not uniform (left page,right page).
Origin The reference point for a system of coordinates. By default, Prinect Signa Station uses the lower left cor-ner as the origin / reference point for the dimensions
you enter.
Page content Content is the term used in this documentation todescribe a PDF page's content as supplied by the appli-cation, i.e. with marks and clippath if applicable.
Page Marks Marks that refer to the assembled or imposed pages of a signature.
Parallel Fold Each fold is parallel to the previous fold.
Perfect binding A binding method in which adhesive material is usedfor binding the pages. Books using perfect bindingcan be opened out fully. Use "Product Part Inspector >Binding" to set perfect binding.
Perfector Tumbling refers to rotating the printing sheet about
its vertical axis after printing the front sheet. Afterthe printing sheet is tumbled, the lay edge changes.The rear edge then becomes the gripper edge.
Perfector must be defined if you are imposing frontand back. In Prinect Signa Station, the work style canbe set in "Product Part Inspector > Plates".
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 357/363
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide
ABC Glossary
Pixel The short form for picture element. A pixel is the
smallest visible element that can be used for creatingdigital data. The pixel is the building block for picturereproduction in a data processing system. The resolu-tion is defined as the number of pixels per unit of area.
PostScript PostScript (PS) is an image description language thatdescribes the contents of a page. A wide range of imag-esetters are capable of interpreting PostScript.
Product Part Is one part of the job. You can save the "Imposition","Automatic Imposition" and "Montage" work modes asa product part in one job. The product part in turncan also consist of several parts such as the presssheets, folding sheets and/or data pages if they werefiled in a page list.
Register mark A mark used to align the printing forms. If the paperis not cut exactly at right-angles, the register mark isimportant for the register of the press sheet. Registeris the exact alignment of both the color separationsand the position of the printed matter on the frontand the back of the press sheet. In other words, theregister mark defines the horizontal and verticalalignment of the printed pages.
Routing margin The routing margin defines the page margin that willbe beveled to get a "smooth" gluing edge in perfectbinding.
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 358/363
Edition August 2011
Glossary ABC
Saddlestitch binding Printed matter with saddlestitch binding is bound by
a staple through the gap fold. For printed matter withsaddlestitch binding, the exact position of the pagesdepends on both the imposition scheme and the sizeof the job.
This can be taken into account when selecting thebinding mode in the Prinect Signa Station. If saddles-titch is selected in the "Product Part Inspector > Bind-ing", the application automatically pairs up thehighest and the lowest page numbers and then calcu-lates the exact position for each page.
Separation cut The separation cut separates two juxtaposed pages with a single cut.
A separation cut can be used to separate two pages with tints or trim allowances. By placing the pagesside by side on a separation cut line, you can trimboth pages together.
A separation cut is often used in label printing to savematerial.
Sheetwise After printing the front sheet, the printing sheetneeds to be turned. Turning describes the rotation of the printing sheet about its horizontal axis. In con-trast to tumbling, turning the printing sheet leavesthe gripper edge at the lay edge and moves the pagemark from left to right.
Sheetwise must be defined if you are imposing frontand back. In Prinect Signa Station, the work style canbe set in "Product Part Inspector > Plates".
Signature Refers to a a press sheet in the Signastation Classic(e.g. version 9.0).
Subject Subject is the term for the bounding box around theprinted area of the user data on the press sheet(marks are not included in this).
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 359/363
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide
ABC Glossary
Surfaces One or two surfaces can be defined for a press sheet
(front or front and back).The surfaces are defined in the Product Part Inspector> "Plates" tab > "Placement rule for perfecting".
Trim Paper margin (extra space) projecting beyond the endsize. After printing, this margin is cut off on all sidesto have a clean-cut end product.
Trim Box A PDF document can have a trim box. The size of thePDF trim box is the same as the trimmed size at Pri-
nect Signa Station. A trim box is also always defined at Prinect Signa Sta-tion. The size of this trim box is defined when PrinectSigna Station imports the PDF document and evalu-ates the PDF bounding boxes.
Trimmed size The trimmed size is the size of the cut page afterprinting. The trimmed size is equivalent to a trim boxdefined in Acrobat.
Work style The work style determines the rules for generatingthe reverse side of printing. The following work stylesare used in Prinect Signa Station: Single-sided, Work-and-turn, Work-and-tumble, Perfecting and Sheetwise(front and back).
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 360/363
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 361/363
ABC Index
Prinect Signa Station – User’s Guide
Index
A Automatic assignment of job colors to
mark colors 14-36
Automatic imposition in the Prinect Pre-press Manager 14-64
Automatically Creating a Reader’sSpread in Prinect Prepress
Manager 14-62
C CIP3 12-1
CIP4 12-1
Color control bar 5-8Combi marks 5-9, 14-35
Compucut 12-3, 12-9Context-sensitive menu 2-3CP2000 12-9
CPC1 12-9
Create resources 4-7Creating a New Layout 14-21
Custom Group 5-4
Cut marks 5-8
D DataControl 12-9
Dimensioning for Output and for Finis-hing Data 14-57
Drag & Drop 2-4Usage 2-5
F Finishing 12-12Finishing data in JDF 14-56
Finishing data set by Prinect Signa Stati-
on that are not used by Prinect PrepressManager 14-57
Finishing sheet name 14-56Flashcard 12-9Folding marks 5-8
I In interactive workflow 14-1
J JobsBased on custom resources 4-1
Based on shipped resources 3-1
L Layers Working with 14-54
Layout
Edit 14-19Import 14-3
M Machine data set, create 4-1Magnetic fields, influence on the moni-
tors XVIIMain windows 2-1
Mark Hotspot 5-39
MarksColor control bar 14-35
Combi marks 14-35
Edit 5-27Hotspot 5-39
Import 5-28
in foreground or background 14-34in the JDF layout 14-33
Internal 5-19
New 5-23
on selected layers 14-33Parent 5-40
Place 5-32, 14-33
Placeholder marks 14-37Placeholders for marks 14-45
Placeholders for spot colors 14-33
Prinect Prepress Manager marks 14-36Print and Plate Control Bars 14-35
ProofColor Marks 14-42
Proofer marks 14-42Reference Points 5-36
Replace 5-26Resources 5-2
Set 5-2
Set automatically 5-18Shipped standard marks 5-5
Standard Marks 14-34User Marks 14-43
Where Do I Find Marks? 5-1MetaDimension / PrepressInterface in-
terface 12-6
Monitor, installation XVII
N New Mark 5-23
O Offline workflow 14-1
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 362/363
Edition August 2011
Index ABC
Opening a Partially Printed Job in the In-
teractive Prinect Signa Station 14-31Operation in Prinect Signa Station 14-24
Operation in the Prinect Prepress Mana-
ger 14-3, 14-16, 14-60Output
MetaDimension 6-11
Nexpress (via Job Ticket) 6-14Output Parameter Sets 6-5
PDF 6-10
PostScript (Level 3 and 2) 6-12Prinergy (via JobTicket) 6-13
Prinergy 4.1 (JDF) 6-12Proofing 6-16
Output of the JDF Layout 14-11, 14-25
P Page Positions 14-27
Paper definitions 14-58
PECOM 12-12
Placeholders for spot colors 14-33Plate Dimension (Width/Height) 14-57
PrepressInterface / client interface 12-7
Press Center 12-9Preview Image for Interactive Prinect Si-
gna Station 14-23
Prinect Prepress Manager 14-16Prinect Prepress Manager marks 14-36
Prinect Prepress Manager
neighborhood 14-4Prinect Signa Station
Interactive with the Prinect PrepressManager 14-14
Launching from the Cockpit 14-19
Offline with the Prinect Prepress Ma-nager 14-2
Print Production Format (PPF) 12-1Printing Product Parts 14-30
Processing of PPF data with PrepressIn-terface 12-6
PtR_Marks Group 5-3
R Reader's Spread 14-61
S Standard Group 5-2Standard Marks 5-5
T Text Marks 5-11
Tiling
Working with 14-59
W What’s new since Prinect Signa Station
version 3.0 in the JDF workflow with thePrinect Prepress Manager version 4.0?
14-1 Work mode
Imposition 4-17
Workflow Other Device with JDF 6-12
Workflow with MetaDimension and Pri-nect Signa Station 12-5
Workflow with MetaDimension and the
SignaStation 12-6
7/15/2019 Prinect Signa Station - Users Guide En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/prinect-signa-station-users-guide-en-56327f963253e 363/363